Spreadsheet: 0f5532a3-d450-43e8-8df4-f8501e8ed422
Sheet: Sheet1

qty. | isbn | cluster | authoreditor1_lastname | authoreditors_affiliation | title | subtitle | series_title | volume_number | edition_number | copyright_year | number_of_arabic_pages | term_cover_type | term_medium | bibliographic_information | springer_reference | price_usd_status | price_usd | term_main_discipline | [NAME] | subject1 | bic_code1 | term_subject2 | subject2 | bic_code2 | term_bookstore | term_product_category | term_publisher_name | delivery_status_ny | pub_date_planned | pub_date_actual_1st_rel_ny | distribution_information | table_of_contents_short | info_text | usp_editorial | term_publication_class | discount_group_ny | ebook_info_no_e_rights | ebook_package | term_ebook_package
 | 978-3-642-54217-6 | Dentistry | Tsesis | Igor Tsesis, School of Dental Medicine, Tel Aviv, Israel | Complications in Endodontic Surgery | Prevention, Identification and Management |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 200 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 200 p. 61 illus., 57 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Dentistry | Dentistry | SCD00009 | MMD | Oral and [NAME] | SCH59060 | MMDS | Dentistry | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-15 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: An evidence-based approach for prevention, identification and management of Surgical Complications and Errors.- Variations in outcome of endodontic surgery. Preoperative complications: Diagnosis and misdiagnosis.- Case selection and treatment Planning. Intraoperative complications: Anesthesia, Flap elevation, Osteotomy and Root resection.- Bleeding and Hemostasis.- Root end preparation and filling.- Maxillary Sinus involvement. Postoperative complications: Pain and Swelling.- Post-op bleeding.- Surgical site infection.- Esthetic complications.- Nerve injury.- Bisphosphonate Related Osteonecrosis of the Jaw (BRONJ).- Guided tissue regeneration in endodontic surgery.- Medico-legal considerations. | This book presents up-to-date recommendations for the prevention, diagnosis, and management of complications in endodontic surgical procedures, based on the best available scientific evidence. Common risks such as wound healing impairment, infection and bleeding are discussed and specific complications related to endodontic surgery, such as maxillary sinus involvement and damage to adjacent neurovascular structures, are reviewed. For each step of endodontic surgical procedures, surgical goals and possible outcomes are reviewed. Preoperative, intraoperative and postoperative risk factors for complications are identified and treatment options presented. Helpful decision-making algorithms, tables and flow charts complement the reader-friendly text. | <p>Up-to-date recommendations for the prevention, diagnosis and management of complications in endodontic surgical [NAME] on the best available scientific evidence </p><p>Identifies pre, intra and postoperative risk factors </p><p>Includes helpful decision-making algorithms, tables and flow charts</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0514-0 | Cardiology | Covic | Adrian Covic, "C.I. Parhon" University Hospital, City, Romania; Mehmet [NAME], Istanbul Medeniyet University School of Medicine, Istanbul, Turkey; [NAME], University of Illinois at Chicago College of Medicine, Chicago, IL, USA | Dyslipidemias in Kidney Disease |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 610 | Hard cover | Book | XXIV, 610 p. 16 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Nephrology | SCH33126 | MJR | Cardiology | SCH33037 | MJD | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-05-12 00:00:00 |  |  | Prevalence of dyslipidemia in general and in the CKD patient.- Lipid Nephrotoxicity: New Concept for an Old Disease.- Hyperlipidemia a risk factor or protective for progression of CKD in nondibetics.- How lipid lowering agents works: The good, the bad and the ugly.- CVD in CKD - Focus on the dyslipidemia problem.- The CKD patient with dyslipidemia.- Review of Clinical Trials pertaining to dyslipidemias in CKD.- Lifestyle modifications in the management of dyslipidemias in CKD.- Lipid-Lowering Medication Does Adjustments for Reduced Kidney Function.- Non-statins therapies for CKD with [NAME] Dyslipidemia in dialysis.- Dyslipidemia in the Kidney Transplant Patient.- Dyslipidemia in the Patient with Nephrotic syndrome.- Dyslipidemias in the Pediatric CKD Patient.- [NAME] in the Geriatric CKD Patient.- Dialysis modalities in [NAME] Review of current guidelines. | Dyslipidemia in chronic kidney disease is a common clinical problem and growing in prevalence. With the recent publication of clinical practice guidelines on the management of lipid related disorders in patients affected by chronic kidney disease, an up-to-date and comprehensive resource of evidence-based literature is needed. Dyslipidemias in Kidney Disease captures the growing body of information on this subject matter. This book presents the latest clinical evidence and management guidance for patients of various demographics and stages of chronic kidney disease. Written for the nephrologist community, as well as cardiologists and general practitioners, this guide will provide practical knowledge and fill a much needed void in the literature. | <p>Comprehensive resource that fills a significant knowledge gap</p><p>Features the latest clinical evidence and management guidance</p><p>Chapters authored by leaders in the field</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-2397-2 | Cardiology | Gaine | [NAME], Mater Misericordiae University Hospital, Dublin, Ireland; [NAME], Erasme University Hospital, Brussels, Belgium; [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME], Glasgow, UK | The Right Heart |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 361 | Hard cover | Book | X, 361 p. 109 illus., 73 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Cardiology | SCH33037 | MJD | Medicine/Public Health, general | SCH00007 | MB | Cardiology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  | worldwide | Physiology, Pathology and Pathobiology.- Imaging the Right Heart.- Causes of Right Heart dysfunction.- Treatment of Right Heart Dysfunction. | The heart and lung are intricately linked. When the heart is affected by disease, the lungs will often show some related pathological or clinical conditions and vice versa. [NAME] heart disease is by definition a condition when the lungs cause the heart to fail. The left ventricle in combination with the other structures in the “left heart” pumps blood throughout the body. The right ventricle (and structures of the “right heart”) pumps blood to the lungs where it is oxygenated and returned to the left heart for distribution. In normal circumstances, the right heart pumps blood into the lungs without any resistance. The lungs usually have minimal pressure and the right heart easily pumps blood through. However when there is lung disease present, like emphysema, chronic obstructive lung disease (COPD) or pulmonary hypertension- the small blood vessels become very stiff and rigid. The right ventricle is no longer able to push blood into the lungs and eventually fails. This is known as pulmonary heart disease. [NAME] heart disease is also known as right heart failure or cor pulmonale. The chief cause of right heart failure is the increase in blood pressure in the lungs (pulmonary artery). | <p>Comprehensive review of the structure and function of the right heart Defines </p><p>The role of the right heart within heart disease in general and lung disease in particular </p><p>Focus on the clinical aspects of the management of these patients</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5399-1 | Cardiology | [NAME] | Alessandro [NAME], IRCCS - Policlinico San Donato, [NAME], Italy; [NAME], IRCCS, Policlinico San Donato, [NAME], Italy | The Tricuspid Valve in Congenital Heart Disease |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 250 p. 86 illus., 31 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Cardiology | SCH33037 | MJD | Pediatrics | SCH49006 | MJW | Cardiology | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | Planned | 2014-06-03 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Embriology, Anatomy and Phisiology of TV.- 2 Dysplasia of TV: from fetus to adult.- 3 Genetics of Ebstein Anomaly.- 4 [NAME] in the neonate.- 5 [NAME] in adolescents and young adults.- 6 Arrhythmia management of [NAME] Anomaly.- 7 The “small” TV.- 8 The “systemic” TV after Mustard/Senning.- 9 The “systemic” TV in CCTGA.- 10 The “systemic” TV in HLHS or UVH.- 11 TV injury after surgical/transcatheter septal defect closure.- 12 The TV in adults with CHD.- 13 The Rheumatic TV.- 14 Surgical techniques of TV repair.- 15 Surgical replacement of TV.- 16 Transcatheter approach to TV.- 17 Post-op management of TV. | This book is devoted solely to the tricuspid valve and its role in congenital heart disease. Tricuspid valve anomalies are part of the pathological spectrum in various congenital heart diseases, including [NAME] anomaly and tricuspid valve dysplasia, with different pathophysiology and clinical implications. This book covers all relevant aspects of such anomalies, including diagnosis, therapy and follow-up. Further topics addressed include the way in which the tricuspid valve may become the “systemic” valve in some congenital diseases, with important consequences and the involvement of the tricuspid valve in the right-sided heart complications often seen in adults with congenital heart disease. All of the chapters are written by internationally recognized experts and are designed to deliver state of the art knowledge of practical value. This book will be an important addition to the library for surgeons, cardiologists and other practitioners involved in the management of patients with congenital heart disease. | <p>State of the art, practical reference on the tricuspid valve and its role in congenital heart disease </p><p>Covers all relevant aspects of tricuspid valve anomalies, including diagnosis, therapy and follow-up </p><p>Written by internationally recognized experts</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-2463-4 | Cardiology | Munoz | Ricardo Munoz, Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA, USA; [NAME], Children’s Hospital Colorado, [NAME], CO, USA; [NAME], Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA, USA; [NAME], Cincinnati Children’s Hospital, Cincinnati, USA; [NAME], Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA, USA | Handbook of Pediatric Cardiovascular Drugs |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 457 | Soft cover | Book | X, 457 p. 10 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Cardiology | SCH33037 | MJD | Pediatrics | SCH49006 | MJW | Cardiology | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Cardiac Physiology Review.- Clinical Pharmacokinetics: Applications in Pediatric Practice.- Pharmacogenomics.- Pharmacoeconomics.- Vasoactive Drugs in Acute Care.- Diuretics.- Beta-Blockers.- ACE Inhibitors and ARBs.- Antiarrythmics.- Immunosuppressive Agents in Pediatric Heart Transplantation.- Anticoagulation for Mechanical Circulatory Support.- Pharmacological Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension.- Antithrombotics and Antifibrinolytics.- Sedative Hypnotics and Anesthetic Agents.- Medication Management in Patients with Multi-organ Dysfunction.- Drug Therapy for Hypercholesterolemia and Dyslipidemia.- Drug Clearance on ECMO and Dialysis/CRRT.- Parenteral Nutrition.- Medication Errors. | A Second Edition of this handbook of drugs used in pediatric cardiac care will satisfy the need for a quick up-to-date reference source of common drug therapy. There are no major texts available in the field of pediatric cardiology that exclusively provide therapeutic drug information. Several sources are available that present drug information for cardiology, but these place no emphasis on pediatric care and are written for general cardiac specialists. | <p>Updated pediatric cardiovascular drug handbook </p><p>First pediatric cardiovascular drug handbook</p><p>Book designed for ease of reference</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0571-3 | Cardiology | Nicholls | [NAME], University of Adelaide, Adelaide, SA, Australia; [NAME], C5Research, Cleveland, OH, USA | Imaging Coronary Atherosclerosis |  | Contemporary Cardiology |  | 1 | 2014 | 238 | Hard cover | Book | X, 238 p. 82 illus., 73 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Cardiology | SCH33037 | MJD | Internal Medicine | SCH33002 | MJ | Cardiology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Residual Risk and Biology of the Disease: Implications for Plaque Imaging.- Advanced Coronary Imaging.- Evaluation of Medical Therapies and Intravascular Devices with Quantitative Coronary Angiography.- Use of Intravascular Ultrasound in Interventional Cardiology.- Monitoring the Progression and Regression of Coronary Atherosclerosis with Intravascular Ultrasound.- Evaluation of Cardiac Allograft Vasculopathy: From Angiography to Intravascular Ultrasound and Beyond.- Assessment of Plaque Composition by Intravascular Ultrasound.- Optical Coherence Tomography of Coronary Atherosclerosis.- Finding the Hot Plaque: Intravascular Thermography.- Chemical Fingerprinting of Plaque: Spectroscopic Techniques.- Coronary Calcification: Roles in Risk Prediction and Monitoring Therapies.- Emerging Role of Computed Tomography Angiography in the Evaluation of Coronary Atherosclerosis.- Emerging Role of Magnetic Resonance Imaging in the Evaluation of Coronary Atherosclerosis.- Molecular Imaging of Coronary Atherosclerosis.- Integration of Biomarkers with Plaque Imaging. | For over 50 years, coronary angiography has been the mainstay of diagnosing and quantifying the extent of coronary artery disease. However appreciation of the inherent limitations of conventional angiography has led to a plethora of new imaging modalities, each with their relative strengths and potential pitfalls. Advances in these techniques have given clinicians, as well as researchers, an overwhelming amount of information and the need for thoughtful interpretation.This outstanding book provides a comprehensive overview of the current status of imaging of coronary atherosclerosis. Covering the wide variety of available imaging modalities, the book provides state-of-the-art knowledge from leading authorities in each area. In their discussion, the authors include both invasive and non-invasive modalities, including the gold standard coronary angiography, the growing field of IVUS, and novel techniques such as functional imaging, molecular imaging, and the integration of biomarkers.The key concepts and practical information given in this volume will provide the reader with the necessary understanding to choosing appropriate imaging studies and building confidence in their skill set with each. | <p>Presents a comprehensive overview of the major approaches to the imaging of the coronary arteries</p><p>Describes the visualization of coronary atherosclerosis through modalities such as coronary angiography, intravascular ultrasound, coronary  near-infrared spectroscopy, computed tomography angiography, magnetic resonance imaging, and molecular imaging</p><p>Discusses the techniques by which the amount and components of atherosclerotic plaques are visualized and aids in the evaluation of coronary artery disease  </p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-6349-7 | Cardiology | [NAME] | [NAME], Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, USA | Molecular Biology of Valvular Heart Disease |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 175 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 175 p. 61 illus., 51 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Cardiology | SCH33037 | MJD |  |  |  | Cardiology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Calcific Aortic Valve Disease: The Role of the Stem Cell Niche.- In vitro Cell Culture Model of Calcification: Molecular Regulation of Myofibroblast Differentiation to an Osteoblast Phenotype.- Aortic Valve Apoptosis, Cell Proliferation and Atherosclerosis in Experimental Hypercholesterolemia.- Experimental Model of Aortic Valve Calcification to Induce Osteoblast Differentiation.- Development of an Experimental Model of Mitral Valve Regurgitation via Hypertrophic Chondrocytes.- Testing Drug Eluting Paclitaxel Balloon Valvuloplasty in an Experimental Model of Aortic Stenosis.- Ex vivo model for Bioprosthetic Valve Calcification via [NAME] Differentiation.- Experimental Hypercholesterolemia in Genetic ApoE-/-/Lrp5-/- Mice: Proof of Principle.- Wnt3a-Lrp5 mediated Bicuspid Aortic Valve Disease.- Mouse Models of Calcific Aortic Valve Disease.- Hemodynamic Mechanisms of Bicuspid Aortic Valve Calcification and Aortopathy.- Bioreactor and biomaterial platforms for investigation of mitral valve biomechanics and mechanobiology.- Identification of early pathological events in calcific aortic valve disease by molecular imaging.- Role of ectonucleotidases and purinergic receptors in calcific aortic valve disease.- In vitro model of Drug Testing.- Application of the LDL-Density-Pressure Theory: The Mitral Valve.- Application of The LDL-Density-Radius Theory: The Aortic Valve. | The cellular mechanisms of valvular heart disease have not been elucidated until the last decade. To date, there is no medical therapy that is FDA or CE mark approved for the treatment and/or slowing the progression of this disease. This textbook will provide the cellular basis for medical therapy. Over the past decade, research laboratories are more and more evolving into valvular biology programs from the traditional vascular biology. The science between the two disciplines, although has several similarities has unique cellular targets secondary to the embryologic derivation of the heart valve  and the hemodynamics involved in the understanding of this disorders. This textbook will be a natural progression from the recently published text Cardiac Valvular Medicine, Springer 2012. This new textbook will provide the cellular details and the more basic molecular biology approaches towards understanding the disease, providing novel cellular targets and finally developing future clinical trials in the medical treatment of valvular heart disease in the future. | <p>Comprehensive clinical discussion of the biology of valvular heart disease</p><p>Provides discussion of the expanding field of valvular biology</p><p>Guides physicians on the potential medical therapies to treat valvular heart disease</p><p>Provides a platform for cellular targeting of valvular heart disease</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-6382-4 | Cardiology | Sadeghpour | [NAME], Iran University of Medical Science, Tehran, Iran; [NAME], Iran University of Medical Science, Tehran, Iran; [NAME], Iran University of Medical Science, Tehran, Iran | Comprehensive Approach to Adult Congenital Heart Disease |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 400 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XX, 400 p. 265 illus., 183 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Cardiology | SCH33037 | MJD |  |  |  | Cardiology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Epidemiology, Definition and Classification of Adult Congenital Heart Disease.- Practical Issues in Clinical Recognition and Evaluation of Congenital Heart Disease.- Cardiac Defects with Left to right Shunt.- Complex Cyanotic Congenital Heart Disease.- Valvular and Vascular Disease.- Miscellaneous Lesions. | In the United States, there are approximately 1 million adults with congenital heart disease, with 20,000 new patients reaching adolescence each year. With early pediatric diagnosis, improved medical, surgical and post operative care, it is now expected that 90% of patients born with congenital heart disease (CHD) will survive to adulthood. Therefore, the number of adult CHD (ACHD) patients will continue to rise. In fact, it is now estimated that for the first time in history, there are more adults living with CHD than children. The cardiologist who deals with these patients must therefore be familiar with congenital heart lesions in their uncomplicated state and know appropriate testing and follow-up methods. Also the inherent complexity of this type of cardiovascular disease really needs a comprehensive, multimedia included, practical and case base approach and assessment.The aim of this book is to provide a case base approach to adult patients with congenital heart disease including all diagnostic and treatment methods focus on physical exam, ECG, chest [NAME], heart sounds, advanced echocardiography including of TTE & TEE, cardiac CT, CMR, catheterization, interventional procedures, surgery and also anesthesia highlights in these patients. | <p>Provides a case base approach to adult patients with congenital heart disease </p><p>Includes discussion of diagnostic methods focus on physical exam, ECG, [NAME], Heart Sounds, Advanced Echocardiography including of TTE &amp; TEE, Cardiac CT, CMR </p><p>Provides discussion of various therapeutic methods including catheterization, interventional procedures, surgery and also anesthesia highlights in these patients</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54065-3 | Dermatology | Hosler | [NAME], ProPath, Dallas, TX, USA; [NAME], ProPath, Dallas, TX, USA | Molecular Diagnostics for Dermatology | Practical Applications of Molecular Testing for the Diagnosis and Management of the Dermatology Patient |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 356 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 356 p. 83 illus., 79 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Dermatology | SCH1900X | MJK | Pathology | SCH4800X | MMF | Dermatology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Terms and Definitions.- Basics of Molecular Biology and Nucleic Acids.- Principles of the Molecular Basis for Disease.- Molecular Testing Methods.- PCR and PCR-based Assays.- In situ Hybridization.- FISH and Cytogenetics.- [NAME] Hybridization.- Microarray Analysis .- Melanoma.- Cutaneous Lymphoma and Leukemia Cutis.- Soft Tissue tumors.- Genodermatoses.- Infectious Disease.- Viral.- Bacterial and Mycobacterial.- [NAME] and Parasites.- Emerging Molecular Applications in Dermatology.- Pharmacogenetics/Pharmacogenomics.- Theranostics. | Molecular diagnostics is an exploding field, and recent advances in our understanding of the molecular basis of disease have provided a platform for the development of new diagnostic tests as well as tests to predict tumor behavior and potential response to targeted therapy. This textbook provides a reference and practical guide to molecular diagnostics for dermatologists and dermatopathologists. It outlines our current understanding of the molecular underpinnings of dermatologic disease, describes the appropriate use of currently available molecular tests, and explains the interpretation of these tests in the context of diagnosis and management. Tests relating to various disorders are covered, including but not confined to melanoma, genodermatoses, and infectious disease. Pitfalls are highlighted and user-friendly algorithmic approaches, presented. | <p>Emphasis on practical applications of molecular testing in diagnosis and management</p><p>Offers insights into the interpretation of tests</p><p>Explains pitfalls and presents user-friendly algorithmic approaches</p><p>Includes bullet points highlighting key information for easy application</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54445-3 | Dermatology | Jackson-Richards | [NAME], [NAME], West Bloomfield, MI, USA; Amit [NAME], University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX, USA | Dermatology Atlas for Skin of Color |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 245 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 245 p. 400 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 219 | Medicine & Public Health | Dermatology | SCH1900X | MJK |  |  |  | Dermatology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | COLLAGEN VASCULAR DISORDERS.- SLE.- DLE.- Dermatomyositis.- Scleroderma.- FOLLICULAR DISORDERS.- Acne.- Hidradentitis Supprativa.- Acne [NAME] Nuchae.- Pseudofolliculitis Barbae.- Central Centrifugal Cicatricial Alopecia.- Traction Alopecia.- Folliculitis Decalvans/ Dissecting Cellulitis.- GRANULOMATOUS DISORDERS.- Sarcoid.- Granuloma Annulare.- INFECTIOUS [NAME], furunculosis, cellulitis.- Candida.- Tinea Capitis, corporis and ungium.- HPV.- HSV.- Cutaneous Manifestations of HIV.- Syphilis.- Leprosy.- NEOPLASMS.- Benign.- [NAME], DPN’s, Keloids.- Malignant.- BCC, SCC, DFSP, Melanoma, CTCL.- PAPULOSQUAMOUS DISORDERS.- Atopic Dermatitis.- Seborrheic Dermatitis.- [NAME], nitidus, striatus.- Pityriasis Rosea.- Pityriasis Lichenoides Chronica.- [NAME] Hypopigmentation.- Vitiligo.- PIH.- Pityriasis Alba.- Idiopathic Guttate Hypomelanosis.- Hyperpigmentation.- PIH.- Melasma.- Melanychia Striae.- Ashy Dermatosis.- CRPGC.- Drug Induced.- Photodermatitis.- PMLE.- Chronic Actinic Dermatitis.- TROPICAL DERMATOLOGY AND [NAME] Leishamniasis.- Cutaneous Larva Migrans.- Onchocerciasis.- Pinta and [NAME]. | This atlas, containing more than 300 color photos, focuses on those dermatologic conditions that are most common in ethnic skin or skin of color. It includes succinct explanations of each disease process, describes clinical findings, and presents key information on diagnosis and treatment. Individual chapters are devoted to pigmentary disorders, follicular disorders, hair and scalp disorders, eczemas, papulosquamous disorders, granulomatous disorders, connective tissue diseases, infectious diseases, scarring disorders, cutaneous neoplasms, photodermatoses and drug eruptions. The fact that this atlas covers skin disorders that affect patients of all ethnic backgrounds ensures that it will be of worldwide relevance. It will serve as a valuable reference for dermatologists and a range of other health care providers. | <p>400 color photos of skin disorders important in the treatment of patients with skin of color</p><p>Condensed information including epidemiology, etiology, clinical presentation and recognized treatment of the various skin disorders</p><p>Worldwide appeal because of the book's coverage of skin disorders that affect patients of all ethnic backgrounds, including Asian, Indian, Middle Eastern, Hispanic and African</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-45394-6 | Dermatology | [NAME] | [NAME], Catholic University of Louvain, Montigny-le-Tilleul, Belgium; Magnus Bruze, Lund University, Malmö, Sweden; [NAME], University Hospital Jena, Jena, Germany | Patch Testing Tips | Recommendations from the ICDRG |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 165 | Soft cover | Book | X, 165 p. 33 illus., 26 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Dermatology | SCH1900X | MJK | Allergology | SCH11009 | MJCM1 | Dermatology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The benefit of Patch Testing with Ultrasonic Bath Extracts in Special Cases.- How to Manage Occupational Contact dermatitis.- Patch Testing and Atopic Dermatitis.- Pitfalls.- Legal Aspects.- Updating semi-open tests.- Patch Testing.- Do’s and Dont’s in Patch Testing.- [NAME] Testing.- When [NAME] are Negative.- Patch testing validity.- Assessment of the Clinical Relevance.- How to Select Extra-Allergens – or Problematic Allergens.- Patch Testing in the Tropics.- Making a Diagnosis. | This book is a compendium of tips on many different aspects of patch testing based on the recommendations of the International Contact Dermatitis Research Group (ICDRG), which is the reference group for all dermato-allergologists. It is intended to complement the book Patch Testing and [NAME]: A Practical Guide by J.-M. [NAME] and [NAME], which is an official publication of the ICDRG now in its third edition. Among the wide variety of topics covered are pitfalls, legal aspects, patch testing with ultrasonic bath extracts, the role of patch testing in occupational contact dermatitis and atopic dermatitis, semi-open tests, the implications of a negative test, patch testing validity, selection of extra allergens and patch testing in the tropics. Many illustrations are included and all information is completely up-to-date. This book will be of value to all practicing dermatologists. | <p>Compendium of practical tips on patch testing, also covering often overlooked aspects</p><p>Based on the recommendations of the International Contact Dermatitis Research Group (ICDRG)</p><p>Many informative illustrations</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54378-4 | Dermatology | Thyssen | [NAME], Copenhagen University Hospital Gentofte, Hellerup, Denmark; [NAME], San Francisco, CA, USA | Filaggrin | Basic Science, Epidemiology, Clinical Aspects and Management |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 424 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 424 p. 82 illus., 64 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Dermatology | SCH1900X | MJK | Allergology | SCH11009 | MJCM1 | Dermatology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-25 00:00:00 |  |  | BASIC SCIENCE: Mutations in the Filaggrin Gene.- Morphology of Normal and Filaggrin Depleted Epidermis.- Function of Filaggrin and Its Metabolites.- Influence On Skin Lipids.- Inflammatory Driven Depletion of Filaggrin Proteins.- Animal Models.- In Vitro Models.- EPIDEMIOLOGY: Prevalence Rates In Different Races.- Gene-Environment Interactions.- Heterozygous Advantage.- FILAGGRIN AND SKIN DISEASE: Ichthyosis Vulgaris and Other Disorders of Cornification.- Atopic Dermatitis.- Allergic Contact Dermatitis.- Irritant Contact Dermatitis.- Hand Eczema.- Psoriasis.- Disorders In The Seborrheic Areas.- Infections.- Cancer and Tumors.- Autoimmune and Connective Tissue Disorders.- Pigmentation Disorders.- Sweat Gland Disorders.- Nails and Hair.- FILAGGRIN AND NON-CUTANEOUS DISEASE: Asthma.- Rhinitis.- Food Allergy.- Diabetes.- Cardiac Disease.- Inflammatory Bowel Disease.- Ophthalmic Disease.- Rheumatoid Arthritis.- Cancer.- Vitamin D.- MANAGEMENT.​ | Filaggrin gene mutations are common in Europeans and their descendants, as well as in Asians, reaching a prevalence of up to 10%. Filaggrin proteins are crucial for skin homeostasis as their metabolites maintain skin hydration, keep the skin pH low, and provide protection against solar radiation. FLG mutation carriers suffer from dry and scaly skin and have an increased transfer of allergens and chemicals across the epidermis. Moreover, they have 10% higher serum vitamin D levels, potentially affecting the propensity to develop other diseases. FLG loss-of-function mutations represent the strongest risk factor hitherto discovered for atopic dermatitis and are major predisposing factors for related asthma and hay fever. This textbook provides comprehensive and detailed coverage of the effects of FLG mutations in health and disease (cutaneous and non-cutaneous) and also discusses the basic science, epidemiology, management, and future research areas. | <p>First book to be devoted to the subject</p><p>Comprehensive overview of the effects of FLG mutations in health and disease</p><p>Wide appeal to the many different specialties that work with this area</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-58829-123-3 | Forensic Medicine | Bock | [NAME], Sonoita, AZ, USA; [NAME], University of Colorado, Boulder Dept. Integrative Physiology, Boulder, CO, USA | Handbook of Forensic Botany |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book with CD-ROM | Approx. 300 p. With CD-ROM. | 0 | approx. | 115 | Medicine & Public Health | Forensic Medicine | SCH23007 | MMQ | Plant Sciences | SCL24000 | PST | Forensic Medicine | Contributed volume | Humana Press | Planned | 2014-02-28 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This book introduces the forensic scientist to the practice of forensic botany by providing technique instructions, reference photos and analysis of digested plant materials. Because humans cannot digest cellulose, plant foods can be traced and identified at various stages of digestion. Using the techniques described in this book, the forensic pathologist will be able to identify the type of plant consumed as well as whether it was consumed during the victim's last meal. You will also learn to identify toxic and poisonous plants/herbal products and crime scene plant identification. the final section of the book explains how to utilize the botany expertise at colleges, museums, gardens and botany organizations throughout the world. |  | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0664-2 | Geriatrics/Gerontology | Cefalu | [NAME], Louisiana State University, New Orleans, LA, USA | Disaster Preparedness for Seniors | A Comprehensive Guide for Healthcare Professionals |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 390 p. 18 illus., 14 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Geriatrics/Gerontology | SCH2500X | MJX | Emergency Medicine | SCH22000 | MMK | Family Medicine & Geriatrics | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​ 1. Emergency Preparedness for the Home-bound Elderly   2. The Role of the Academic Medical Center in Disaster Preparedness   3. The Evolution of Geriatric Disaster Preparedness for Medicine and Health Science Training   4. Mental Health Consequences of Disaster Exposure in Older Adults   5. Triaging Acute Care Patients During Disaster   6. Long Term Care Facilities and Technology   7. Gerotechnology in Disaster Preparedness to Aide Seniors and Those who Care for Them   8. Management of the Immunocompromised Older Adult in a Disaster   9. Disaster [NAME] and Long Term Care Facilities (Nursing Homes and ALFs)   10. Other Resources  - Red Cross, CDC, FEMA   11. Balancing Professional Versus Personal Issues in a Disaster | Disaster Preparedness for Seniors: A Comprehensive Guide for Healthcare Professionals outlines specific disaster scenarios for homebound, community, hospitalized, long term care, homeless and aged veterans. Chapters are written by a diverse group of authors, all of whom offer insight and expertise in training healthcare professionals in preparing for disasters. Topics include myths and realities of natural disasters and disaster preparedness for special populations of elders-the acute care elderly, the community-dwelling elderly, home based primary care senior veterans, the immune-compromised elderly, those with multiple and co morbid illnesses, the long-term care elderly, those elderly at the end of life and the effects of disaster on caregivers. A significant portion of the book is also devoted to training, competencies, literacy, cultural competency and resilience in disaster preparedness as well as the role of the academic medical center. The volume concludes with coverage of the management of behavioral, medical and psychological consequences of disasters. Disaster Preparedness for Seniors: A Comprehensive Guide for Healthcare Professionals is an important new volume and will serve as a guide for the development of programs, policies and procedures for evacuation of seniors during various disaster scenarios. | <p>Timely resource for clinicians who work with seniors</p><p>Written by experts in the field</p><p>Contains training resources</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0406-8 | Geriatrics/Gerontology | [NAME] | [NAME], Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, NY, USA; [NAME], Mount Sinai School of Medicine Brookdale Department of Geriatrics and P, New York, NY, USA | Meeting the Needs of Older Adults with Serious Illness | Challenges and Opportunities in the Age of Health Care Reform | Aging Medicine | 2 | 1 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 235 p. 100 illus., 50 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Geriatrics/Gerontology | SCH2500X | MJX | General Practice / Family Medicine | SCH24003 | MBPC | Family Medicine & Geriatrics | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Planned | 2014-06-06 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to Palliative Care.- Palliative Care in Hospitals.- Palliative Care in the Community.- Palliative Care in Long Term Care.- Hospice.- Growth of Palliative Care Programs and Implementation Challenges for New Programs.- Access to Palliative Care.- Palliative Care Quality Measures and Outcomes.- Palliative Care Impact on Costs.- Palliative Care’s Role in New Delivery and Reimbursement Models.- Accountable Care Organizations and Bundled Payments.- Medical Education and Palliative Care Competencies.- Policy Priorities and Challenges​. | Meeting the Needs of Older Adults with Serious Illness: Challenges and Opportunities in the Age of Health Care Reform provides an introduction to the principles of palliative care; describes current models of delivering palliative care across care settings and examines opportunities in the setting of healthcare policy reform for palliative care to improve outcomes for patients, families and healthcare institutions. The United States is currently facing a crisis in health care marked by unsustainable spending and quality that is poor relative to international benchmarks.  Yet this is also a critical time of opportunity. Because of its focus on quality of care, the Affordable Care Act is poised to expand access to palliative care services for the sickest, most vulnerable, and therefore most costly, 5% of patients- a small group who nonetheless drive about 50% of all healthcare spending.  Palliative care is specialized medical care for people with serious illnesses. It focuses on providing patients with relief from the symptoms, pain, and stress of a serious illness—whatever the diagnosis or stage of illness. The goal is to improve quality of life for both the patient and the family.  Research has demonstrated palliative care’s positive impact on health care value.  Patients (and family caregivers) receiving palliative care experience improved quality of life, better symptom management, lower rates of depression and anxiety, and improved survival.  Because patient and family needs are met, crises are prevented, thereby directly reducing need for emergency department and hospital use and their associated costs. An epiphenomenon of better quality of care, the lower costs associated with palliative care have been observed in multiple studies. Meeting the Needs of Older Adults with Serious Illness: Challenges and Opportunities in the Age of Health Care Reform, a roadmap for effective policy and program design,  brings together expert clinicians, researchers and policy leaders, who tackle 16 key areas where real-world policy options to improve access to quality palliative care could have a substantial role in improving value. | <p>Provides an introduction to palliative care principles</p><p>Describes current models of delivery </p><p>Measures quality, methods and challenges of implementation</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-6370-1 | Geriatrics/Gerontology | Larner | [NAME], [NAME] for Neurology and Neurosurgery, Liverpool, UK | Dementia in Clinical Practice: A Neurological Perspective | Pragmatic Studies in the Cognitive Function Clinic |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 384 | Soft cover | Book | XXI, 384 p. 30 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Neurology | SCH36001 | MJN | Geriatrics/Gerontology | SCH2500X | MJX | Neurology | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Referral patterns.- A brief note on methodology: pragmatic diagnostic accuracy studies.-  History and neurological examination.- Assessment with cognitive screening instruments and comparison of scales.- Assessment with non-cognitive screening instruments and combinations of scales.- Investigation.- Diagnosis (1): Cognitive syndromes, comorbidities, and no diagnosis.- Diagnosis (2): Dementia disorders.- Management.- Conclusion. | This concise, pragmatic, pocket-sized book addresses neurological contributions to the diagnosis and management of dementia through a longitudinal examination of the work undertaken in a dedicated neurological dementia clinic. It covers the use of cognitive and non-cognitive screening instruments and their diagnostic utility and the use of other diagnostic investigations: neuroimaging, neurophysiology and neuropathology. The diagnostic mix is discussed in terms of both neuropsychological syndromes and neurological diagnoses, as is the use of conventional treatments for dementia and the impact of national directives (e.g. NICE, National Dementia Strategy) on day-to-day clinical practice.  Dementia in Clinical Practice: A Neurological Perspective, Second Edition is an illustrated, practical resource for medical professionals involved in the assessment and management of dementia patients. It is of particular benefit to neurologists, psychiatrists, geriatricians, primary care practitioners and those working in the fields of neuropsychology, psychology, occupational therapy, speech and language therapy and nursing. | <p>New chapter on methodological aspects of pragmatic diagnostic accuracy studies</p><p>New chapter on history taking and neurological examination in patients with suspected dementia or cognitive problems</p><p>Details of pragmatic use of common cognitive and non-cognitive screening instruments and their diagnostic utility in the dementia clinic</p><p>Clear tabular and graphical display of data so that readers may quickly and easily appraise study findings</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04893-2 | Gynecology | [NAME] | [NAME], UER Médecine, Marseille, France; [NAME], [NAME], Marseille, France | Anatomic Study of the Clitoris and the Bulbo-Clitoral Organ |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 190 | Hard cover | Book | X, 190 p. 109 illus., 103 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Gynecology | SCH26006 | MJT | Obstetrics/Perinatology | SCH26014 | MJT | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Acknowledgements.- History of Clitoris.- The Origins of Words ‘Clitoris’ and ‘Landica’.- Formation of the Clitoris.- External  Morphology of the Clitoris.- Structure of the Bulbo-Clitoral Organ.- Microscopic Study of the Clitoral-Bulbar Organ.- Physiologic Study of the Cavernous and Spongy Tissues.- Muscles Attached to the Bulbo-Clitoral Organ.- Innervation of the Bulbo-Clitoral organ.- The Vessels of the Bulbo-Clitoral Organ.- The Sensitive Corpuscles.- The Suspensory Ligament of the Clitoris.- Relationships of the Bulbo-Clitoral Organ.- Imaging of the Bulbo-Clitoral Organ.- Bulbo-Clitoral Organ and Sex.- The Mutilations of the Clitoris.- The Clitoris in the [NAME] and the Literature.- Conclusions.- Bibliography. | This eagerly awaited book offers a unique, comprehensive scientific study of the anatomy of the organ of female sexual pleasure. The authors use macroscopic and microscopic research to guide the reader from the glans, the visible part of the clitoris, where they explore the impressive sensory corpuscles, to the hidden roots of the bulbo-clitoral organ. They show its complexity, its exact location within the external genitalia and its intimate relationship with the urethro-vaginal pyramid.They also remind us that throughout history there has been a failure to understand this organ and explain that this misunderstanding remains the cause of persistent excisions, criminal mutilating practices that have not yet been eradicated.Using extensive iconography, they demonstrate throughout this book that the bulbo-clitoral organ is an exceptional natural treasure that every woman possesses and that every man should know well. | <p>The only recent scientific book related to the anatomy and the histology of the clitoris and of the bulbo-clitoral organ</p><p>Provides a large iconography including many color photographs</p><p>A short focus on mutilations and the role of the clitoris in the art and literature</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0672-7 | Gynecology | Sammaritano | [NAME], Weill Cornell Medical College Hospital for Special Surgery, New York, NY, USA; [NAME], [NAME] and Women's Hospital, Boston, MA, USA | Contraception and Pregnancy in Patients with Rheumatic Disease |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 200 p. 50 illus., 30 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Rheumatology | SCH57009 | MJM | Reproductive Medicine | SCH56002 | MFKC | Rheumatology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Planned | 2014-05-01 00:00:00 |  |  | An Introduction to Contraception and Pregnancy in Patients with Rheumatic Disease.- Normal pregnancy, pregnancy complications (preeclampsia), and obstetric management.- Pre-pregnancy assessment: general approach to the pregnant rheumatic disease patient.- Pregnancy in specific rheumatic diseases.- Systemic lupus erythematosus.- Antiphospholipid syndrome.- Rheumatoid arthritis and seronegative spondyloarthropathy.- [NAME]’s syndrome.- Systemic sclerosis.- Myositis.- Vasculitis.- Additional reproductive issues.- Contraception in rheumatic disease patients.- Assisted reproductive techniques in rheumatic disease patients.- Fetal and neonatal issues.- Neonatal lupus.- Medication use during pregnancy and breastfeeding.- Long term outcome of children of rheumatic disease patients. | Rheumatic (or systemic autoimmune) diseases disproportionately affect young women: the female-to-male ratio for patients with systemic lupus erythematosus during the reproductive years is approximately 9:1. In the mid- to late-twentieth century, women with rheumatic disease diagnoses were often advised to avoid pregnancy due to fear of disease exacerbation and adverse outcome. In more recent years, many women with rheumatic disease have deferred childbearing until a later age due to active disease or unsafe therapies. However, with advances in rheumatology therapies, obstetric monitoring, and reproductive medicine technologies, increasing numbers of women with rheumatic diseases are pursuing pregnancy. As a result, obstetricians and rheumatologists need to be aware of the current state of knowledge and the recommendations for management of pregnancy in these patients. Contraception and Pregnancy in Patients with Rheumatic Disease explains the basics of contraception, fertility treatment, and pregnancy in rheumatic disease patients and serves as a guide and reference tool for both rheumatologists and OB/GYNs. Most general rheumatologists and OB/GYNs have limited experience in caring for rheumatic disease patients during pregnancy, and many do not have ready access to expert colleagues in this area. This book summarizes the current state of knowledge and presents a general approach for assessment of the rheumatic disease patient considering pregnancy, hormonal contraception or infertility treatment. | <p>Shows how pregnancy-related immune changes may affect underlying autoimmune disease and how rheumatic disease may impact pregnancy outcome</p><p>Offers rheumatologists and gynecologists the indispensable knowledge of their specialties’ interaction, in order to discuss benefits and risks of medications and procedures with patients </p><p>Includes clinical guidelines for pregnancy management in specific rheumatic diseases</p><p>An invaluable resource for rheumatologists, OB/GYNs, and REI specialists</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54403-3 | Imaging / Radiology | Bradac | [NAME], University of Turin, Turin, Italy | Cerebral Angiography | Normal Anatomy and Vascular Pathology |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 251 | Hard cover | Book | X, 251 p. 270 illus., 31 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Neuroradiology | SCH2903X | MMPH | Neurology | SCH36001 | MJN | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-25 00:00:00 |  | worldwide | Aortic Arch and Origin of the Cranial Cerebral Arteries.- Carotid Artery.- External Carotid Artery.- Anterior Cerebral Artery.- Middle Cerebral Artery.- Extra- and Intracranial Vertebrobasilar Sector.- Posterior Cerebral Artery.- Vascular Territories.- Cerebral Veins.- Extracranial Venous Drainage.- Aneurysms.- Vascular Malformations of the Central Nervous System.- Dural Arteriovenous Fistulas.- Arteriovenous Fistulas.- Atherosclerosis.- Spontaneous Dissection of Carotid and Vertebral Arteries.- Other Non atherosclerotic Vasculopathies.- Cardiac Diseases.- Arterial Occlusive Diseases in Children.- Cerebral Venous Thrombosis. | This revised and enlarged edition of Cerebral Angiography, which includes new angiographic studies and illustrative drawings, offers detailed guidance on diagnostic use of the procedure. The first part of the book describes the normal anatomy of the cerebral arteries and veins, with attention to morphological aspect, embryological development, function and vascular territories. The intraorbital and extracranial vascularization is also considered. The reader will gain a sound knowledge of normal vascular anatomy and its variations that will serve as a basis for the correct interpretation of pathological processes and their clinical significance, as covered in the second part of the book.Among the pathologies considered are vascular abnormalities, including angiomas, fistulas and aneurysms; atherosclerotic and non-atherosclerotic stenosis and occlusion of the cerebral vessels; venous thrombosis; intraorbital and extracranial vascular malformations. Pathogenesis, morphological and dynamic aspects, responsible for clinical symptoms and influencing the therapy are described. While the emphasis throughout is on the diagnostic value of cerebral angiography, many examples of endovascular treatment in different pathological situations are also presented, with discussion of indications, risks and results. | <p>Provides detailed, well-illustrated guidance on the diagnostic use of cerebral angiography</p><p>Depicts the normal appearance of the cerebral vessels and a wide range of pathologies in both typical and atypical presentations</p><p>Presents many examples of endovascular treatment in different pathological situations </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54397-5 | Imaging / Radiology | Cho | [NAME], Neuroscience Research Institute, Gachon University, Incheon, Korea, Republic of (South Korea) | 7.0 Tesla MRI Brain Atlas | In-vivo Atlas with Cryomacrotome Correlation |  |  | 2 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 550 p. 525 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 339 | Medicine & Public Health | Neuroradiology | SCH2903X | MMPH | Neurosciences | SCB18006 | PSAN | Radiology | [NAME] | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-06-27 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The inaugural publication of the 7.0 Tesla MRI Brain Atlas: In Vivo Atlas with Cryomacrotome Correlation in 2010 provided readers with a spectacular source of ultra-high resolution images revealing a wealth of details of the brainstem and midbrain structures. This second edition contributes additional knowledge gained as a result of technologic advances and recent research. To facilitate identification and comparison of brain structures and anatomy, a detailed coordination matrix is featured in each image. Updated axial, sagittal, and coronal images are also included. This state-of-the-art and user-friendly reference will provide researchers and clinicians with important new perspectives. | <p>Revised edition with updated in vivo images</p><p>Features a coordination matrix in each image, facilitating identification of brain structures and anatomy</p><p>User-friendly format and size<br></p><p><p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54391-3 | Imaging / Radiology | Cho | [NAME], Neuroscience Research Institute, Gachon University, Incheon, Korea, Republic of (South Korea) | 7.0 Tesla MRI Brain White Matter [NAME]  2nd Edition |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 500 p. 460 illus., 450 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 309 | Medicine & Public Health | Imaging / Radiology | SCH29005 | MMPH | Neuroradiology | SCH2903X | MMPH | Radiology | [NAME] | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- 1. MR Diffusion Tensor Imaging (DTI) and Track-Density Imaging (TDI).- a. MR Diffusion Tensor Imaging (DTI) and Super-Resolution Track-Density Imaging (TDI).- b. Track-Density Imaging (TDI) – Examples of DTI and TDI-1.- 2. Views, Directions, and Orientations of Brain Images.- a. Views and Directions of the Brain Image.- b. Definition of the Central Intercommissural Line.- c. Volume Rendered 3D Images.- Acknowledgments.- PART 1. Coronal Images of Tractography and Corresponding In-Vivo 7.0-T MRI Anatomy.- PART 2. Sagittal Images of Tractography and Corresponding In-Vivo 7.0-T MRI Anatomy.- PART 3. Axial Images of Tractography and Corresponding In-Vivo 7.0-T MRI Anatomy. | The introduction of techniques that permit visualization of the human nervous system is one of the foremost advances in neuroscience and brain-related research. Among the most recent significant developments in this respect are ultra-high field MRI and the image post-processing technique known as track density imaging (TDI). It is these techniques (including super-resolution TDI) which represent the two major components of 7.0 Tesla MRI – Brain White Matter [NAME]. This second edition of the atlas has been revised and updated to fully reflect current application of these technological advancements in order to visualize the nervous system and the brain with the finest resolution and sensitivity. Exquisitely detailed color images offer neuroscientists, neurologists, and neurosurgeons a superb resource that will be of value both for the purpose of research and for the treatment of common brain diseases such as Alzheimer's disease and multiple sclerosis. | <p>Depicts the visualization of brain white matter with the latest 7.0 T MRI and TDI techniques</p><p>Represents a useful addition to brain research and clinical settings, such as the Human Connectome Project</p><p>Contains a wealth of exquisitely detailed color images</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54306-7 | Imaging / Radiology | Dierckx | Rudi A.J.O. Dierckx, University Medical Center Groningen, Groningen, The Netherlands; Andreas Otte, University of Applied Sciences Offenburg, Offenburg, Germany; [NAME], University Medical Center Groningen, Groningen, The Netherlands; Aren van Waarde, University Medical Center Groningen, Groningen, The Netherlands; [NAME], University Medical Center Groningen, Groningen, The Netherlands | PET and SPECT in [NAME] |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1280 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 1280 p. 209 illus., 140 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 339 | Medicine & Public Health | Nuclear Medicine | SCH29048 | MMN | Imaging / Radiology | SCH29005 | MMPH | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-19 00:00:00 |  |  | ​BASICS: Nuclear Medicine Imaging Tracers for Neurology.- 18F-Fluorodeoxyglucose Positron Emission Tomography Procedures.- [NAME] Modeling.- Quantification in Brain SPECT.- MRI/PET Brain Imaging.- An Investigation of Statistical Power of [15O]-H2O PET Perfusion Imaging.- Molecular Imaging Using Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy in Neurology.- The Default Network of the Brain.- DEMENTIA: Dementia Due to Neurodegenerative Disease – Molecular Imaging Findings.- Abeta Imaging in Aging, Alzheimer’s Disease and Other Neurodegenerative Conditions.- PET Imaging of the Alpha4Beta2*-Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptors in Alzheimer’s.- Neuroimaging Findings in Mild Cognitive Impairment.- Impact of the IWG/Dubois Criteria for Alzheimer’s Disease in Imaging Studies.- Perfusion SPECT.- Nuclear Imaging in Frontotemporal.- Parkinson Dementia: PET Findings.- SPECT/PET Findings in Lewy Body Dementia.- Vascular.- Value of MIBG in the Differential Diagnosis of Neurodegenerative Disorders.- Linking Molecular Biology to Therapeutic Approaches for Alzheimer Disease with PET.- CEREBROVASCULAR DISORDERS: PET and SPECT Studies of Ageing and Cardiovascular Risk Factors for Alzheimer’s Disease.- Carotid Plaque Imaging with SPECT-CT and PET-CT.- ET in Brain Arteriovenous Malformations and Cerebral Proliferative Angiopathy.- Transient Ischemic Attack.- PET Reveals Pathophysiology in Ischemic Stroke.- MOVEMENT DISORDERS: Parkinson Disease.- SPECT Imaging for [NAME] and Parkinsonian Syndromes.- PET and SPECT Imaging in Parkinsonian Syndromes.- [NAME] Sclerosis.- PET in Huntington’s Disease.- PET and SPECT Imaging in Dystonia.- PET and SPECT Imaging in Hyperkinetic Movement Disorders.- Clinical Applications of [123I]FP-CIT SPECT Imaging.- INFLAMMATORY DISORDERS: PET Imaging of Microglia Activation in Neuropsychiatric Disorders with Potential Infectious Origin.- PET Imaging in Multiple Sclerosis.- PET and SPECT Imaging of Neurotoxicity.- PET and SPECT in Hepatic and Uremic Encephalopathy.- EPILEPSY: PET in Epilepsy.- Subtraction ictal SPECT coregistered to MRI (SISCOM).- Nuclear Medicine Neuroimaging and Electromagnetic Source Localization in Nonlesional Drug-Resistant Focal.- TUMORS OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM: PET Imaging of Gliomas.- Single-Photon Emission Computed Tomography [Neuro-SPECT] Imaging of Brain Tumors.- The Value of 11C-Methionine PET in the Differential Diagnosis between Brain Tumor Recurrence and Radionecrosis.- Imaging Brain Metastases of Neuroendocrine Tumors.- OTHER SUBJECTS: Traumatic Brain Injury.- Whiplash: real or not real? A review and new concept.- Positron Emission Tomography Imaging in Altered States of Consciousness.- Anaesthesia and PET of the Brain.- Modulation of Brain Functioning by [NAME] Stimulation.- Radionuclide Imaging Studies in Pediatric Neurology. | PET and SPECT in [NAME] highlight the combined expertise of renowned authors whose dedication to the investigation of neurological disorders through nuclear medicine technology has achieved international recognition. Classical neurodegenerative disorders are discussed as well as cerebrovascular disorders, brain tumors, epilepsy, head trauma, coma, sleeping disorders and inflammatory and infectious diseases of the CNS. The latest results in nuclear brain imaging are detailed. Most chapters are written jointly by a clinical neurologist and a nuclear medicine specialist to ensure a multidisciplinary approach. This state-of-the-art compendium will be valuable not only to neurologists and radiologists/nuclear medicine specialists but also to interested general practitioners and geriatricians. It is the second volume of a trilogy on PET and SPECT imaging in the neurosciences, the other volumes covering PET and SPECT in psychiatry and in neurobiological systems. | <p>Covers classical neurodegenerative disorders and a full range of other neurological conditions</p><p>Presents the latest results in nuclear brain imaging</p><p>Emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach</p><p>Written by internationally acclaimed experts</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-03457-7 | Imaging / Radiology | Elgazzar | [NAME], Faculty of Medicine, [NAME], Kuwait | Synopsis of Pathophysiology in Nuclear Medicine |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 426 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 426 p. 177 illus., 87 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Medicine & Public Health | Nuclear Medicine | SCH29048 | MMN | Imaging / Radiology | SCH29005 | MMPH | Radiology | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Pathophysiology: General Principles.- The Cell and Tissue Biology.- Basis of Radiopharmaceutical Localization.- Basis of Inflammation and Infection Imaging.- Basis of Musculoskeletal imaging.- Basis of Genito-urinary imaging.- Basis of Endocrine system imaging.- Basis of Cardiovascular System Imaging.- Basis of Digestive system.- Basis of Nuclear Oncology.- Basis of Respiratory System Imaging.- Basis of Central Nervous System Imaging.- Basis of Nuclear Haematology.- Basis of Therapeutic Nuclear Medicine.- Biological Effects of Ionizing Radiation. | This Synopsis of Nuclear Medicine Pathophysiology arose from the recognition that there is a need for a compact, readable account of this complex and important subject. The book concisely describes relevant anatomic and physiologic considerations for each organ system and the pathophysiologic features of different relevant diseases and relates them to the scintigraphy of each system. It thereby provides an informative synopsis of the pathophysiologic basis of nuclear medicine and molecular imaging. The volume will serve as a quick reference that will help the reader to understand different diagnostic scintigraphic patterns and to select appropriate treatment modalities based on functional imaging. It will prove useful to undergraduates and postgraduates as well as to practitioners in clinical and research fields. | <p>Offers a synopsis of the pathophysiologic basis of nuclear medicine and molecular imaging</p><p>Concisely relates anatomic, physiologic and pathologic aspects to the scintigraphy of each organ system</p><p>Will assist in understanding diagnostic scintigraphic patterns and selecting appropriate treatment modalities</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-0-85729-780-8 | Imaging / Radiology | Falter | [NAME], Papworth Hospital NHS Foundation Trust, Cambridge, UK; [NAME], Papworth Hospital NHS Foundation Trust, Cambridge, UK | Imaging the ICU Patient |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 441 | Hard cover | Book | X, 441 p. 216 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 309 | Medicine & Public Health | Imaging / Radiology | SCH29005 | MMPH | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | SCH3100X | MMKL | Radiology | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I:  Imaging Modalities.- Part II:  Referrals and Reviewing Images.- Part III:  The Intensivist’s Concerns.- Part IV:  Neurological Imaging.- Part V:  Chest Imaging.- Part VI:  Abdominal Imaging.- Part VII:  [NAME]. | The critical care unit is an intense clinical environment with huge responsibilities on the professionals caring for these patients. Imaging is a key source of diagnostic information, but the conditions in which diagnostic imaging has to be performed are often extremely challenging and significantly different to imaging in the non acute setting. Imaging the ICU Patient reviews imaging procedures on the ICU in a highly practical and memorable manner. Swift and efficient clinical decision-making is rewarded on the ICU and this book serves as a practical handbook. | <p>Written by experts in the field of Intensive Care and Imaging </p><p>Designed for fast access to the key information </p><p>With an emphasis on visual information and concise verbal descriptions of the clinical process, the authors are producing a specialized information resource</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54208-4 | Imaging / Radiology | Hattingen | [NAME], Institut for Neuroradiology, Frankfurt am Main, Germany; [NAME], Sankt [NAME] GmbH Neurologische Klinik, Frankfurt, Germany; [NAME], [NAME] für Neurochirurgie Johann [NAME], Frankfurt, Germany; Johannes [NAME], [NAME] für [NAME] Wolfgang Goethe Universität, Frankfurt, Germany; [NAME], University of South Florida H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center, Tampa, USA | Diseases of the Spinal Cord | Novel Imaging, Diagnosis and Treatment |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 448 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 448 p. 258 illus., 69 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 339 | Medicine & Public Health | Imaging / Radiology | SCH29005 | MMPH | Neurology | SCH36001 | MJN | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1 Introduction.- Part 2 Anatomy of the spine and spinal cord.- Anatomy of spinal canal.- Structures of the spinal canal.- Part 3 Imaging methods.- Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) Methods.- Advanced Imaging methods.- CSF Dynamics.- MR myelography.- Myelography and post-myelographic CT.- Part 4 Malformations of the spine.- Spinal malformations .- Part 5 Diseases of extramedullary origin.- Degenerative diseases.- Extramedullary space-occupying pathologies.- Spinal trauma.- Meningeal disorders.- Part 6 Diseases of the spinal cord.- Pathophysiological regards.- Inflammation of the spinal [NAME] [NAME] matter diseases of the spinal cord.- Intramedullary Spinal Cord Tumors.- Vascular diseases of the spine and spinal cord.- Spinal cord infarction. | Spinal cord imaging has significantly benefited from a variety of new MR imaging methods. Recent decades have also witnessed fundamental progress in understanding of the pathophysiology of spinal cord diseases, treatment options, neurosurgical procedures, and endovascular treatments. This textbook provides an interdisciplinary overview of the new imaging modalities, identifies clues for MR imaging diagnosis and differential diagnosis and describes the anatomical background required to understand spinal cord diseases. Important neurological symptoms are highlighted, and modern treatment options for different diseases are fully explained and discussed. High-quality illustrations, including numerous images, are provided for all important spinal cord diseases, documenting relevant anatomical details, special MR imaging methods, differential diagnoses and possible treatment procedures. | <p>Overview of new modalities for imaging of the spinal cord</p><p>Guide to differential diagnosis</p><p>Detailed information on modern treatment options</p><p>Numerous high-quality illustrations</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-81-322-1828-9 | Imaging / Radiology | Mukherji | Ashutosh Mukherji, JIPMER, Pondichery, India | Planning and Managing Radiation Therapy in Cancer Patients |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 349 | Hard cover | Book | I, 349 p. 106 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 229 | Medicine & Public Health | Radiotherapy | [NAME] | MJCL1 | Interventional Radiology | SCH29021 | MMPH | Radiology | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Epidemiology: Cancer Epidemiology and Radiotherapy.- Approaching a Cancer Patient: Taking a decision and ordering investigations.- When to prefer Surgery.- When to use Radiotherapy.- When to use chemotherapy.- Principles of management of cancer in paediatric patients.- Palliative care.- Principles of Application of Radiotherapy: Radiobiological principles.- Patient positioning and simulation: Dos and Don’ts.- Planning a patient; deciding on the volumes and fields; plan verification.- [NAME] Radiotherapy.- Prescribing a radiotherapy schedule and dose fractionation.- Evaluating a treatment plan.- When to plan for brachytherapy.- Brachytherapy planning and evaluation.- Planning electron therapy and evaluation of plans.- Planning Stereotactic and adaptive [NAME] Radiotherapy.-Particle beam therapy: a quick view.- Use of Other Agents with Radiation: Using concurrent or sequential chemotherapy and biomolecules.- Use of radio-sensitizers and radio-protectors.- Managing Radiotherapy: Expected complications during treatment.- Management of oral mucosal reactions and oro-dental care.- Management of skin reactions.- Management of GI complications.- Managing local pain.- Management of Bone marrow toxicity.- Managing Radiation induced fibrosis/edema/ascites.- Dietary care and support during radiotherapy.- Post treatment evaluation and advice for follow up evaluation.- Psychosocial issues in patients undergoing radiotherapy. | Radiation medicine has progressed from a volume and anatomical landmark-guided approach to an image-and function-guided therapy. It takes into account possible routes of tumour spread, biologically active tumour volumes and critical normal structures lying in or near target volumes with a focus on delivering maximal tumoricidal doses while sparing the surrounding normal structures. Radiation oncology has advanced rapidly with introduction of better diagnostic tools, immobilization methods and treatment machines. Now, instead of treating large regional volumes, the field is fashioned and the dose is sculpted depending on the tumour volume, location and activity. Newer imaging modalities enable near-and real-time tracking of tumour even during delivery of radiation. | <p>A practical guide for radiation oncologists on how to design and deliver radiotherapy and brachytherapy</p><p>Describes principles of application in short crisp chapters enabling clinicians to quickly get the information they need</p><p>Provides information on latest modalities of radiotherapy Includes chapters on role of concurrent and sequential chemotherapy and use of bio molecules with radiotherapy</p><p>Covers management of post-treatment problems and radiation-related toxicity</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54541-2 | Imaging / Radiology | [NAME] | [NAME], UKE, Department of Psychiatry, Hamburg, Germany; [NAME], Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA | MRI in Psychiatry |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 490 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 490 p. 111 illus., 105 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 309 | Medicine & Public Health | Neuroradiology | SCH2903X | MMPH | Neurosciences | SCB18006 | PSAN | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Methods: MR signal generation.- fMRI.- EEG-fMRI.- DTI.- MR Spectroscopy.- Imaging Genetics.-Brain Stimulation and Imaging.- Systems: Perception.- Emotion.- [NAME]: Schizophrenia.- Dementia.- Anxiety disorders.- Depression.- Bipolar disorder.- Personality disorders.- Drug addiction. | This is the first comprehensive textbook on the use of MRI in psychiatry covering imaging techniques, brain systems and a review of findings in different psychiatric disorders. The book is divided into three sections, the first of which covers in detail all the major MRI-based methodological approaches available today, including fMRI, EEG-fMRI, DTI and MR spectroscopy. In addition, the role of MRI in imaging genetics and combined brain stimulation and imaging is carefully explained. The second section provides an overview of the different brain systems that are relevant for psychiatric disorders, including the systems for perception, emotion, cognition and reward. The final part of the book presents the MRI findings that are obtained in all the major psychiatric disorders using the previously discussed techniques. Numerous carefully chosen images support the informative text, making this an ideal reference work for all practitioners and trainees with an interest in this flourishing field. | <p>The first comprehensive textbook on MRI in psychiatry</p><p><p>Covers all relevant methodological approaches such as fMRI, DTI and MR spectroscopy</p><p><p>Provides an overview of brain systems that are relevant for neuropsychiatric disorders, such as the reward system and cognition</p><p><p>Presents in detail the MRI findings in all major psychiatric diseases</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-81-322-1825-8 | Imaging / Radiology | Prakash | [NAME], INHS,  Asvini, Mumbai, India | Nuclear Medicine | A Guide for Healthcare Professionals and Patients |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 180 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 180 p. 75 illus., 60 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Nuclear Medicine | SCH29048 | MMN | Imaging / Radiology | SCH29005 | MMPH | Radiology | Professional book | Springer India | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to Nuclear Medicine.- Meet the Nuclear Medicine Team.- Common Apprehension about Nuclear Medicine.- Nuclear Medicine procedures.- Definitions of Common terminologies used in Nuclear Medicine. | The book is a compilation of guidelines from various organizations such as Society of Nuclear Medicine & Molecular Imaging, European Association of Nuclear Medicine, American College of Radiology and International Atomic Energy Agency. The description of the procedures is simple, easy to understand and current.The aim of this book is:a) Nuclear medicine professionals can use this book as a quick reference about how a procedure is to be performed. The set of instructions given to patient before, during and after the procedure have also been included in each chapter. b) To educate general physicians about nuclear medicine procedures. The procedures are explained briefly with common indications and precautions. Normal and abnormal nuclear medicine images have also been included for quick comparison.c) To educate paramedical staff or healthcare professionals so that they send patients to nuclear medicine department after proper preparation.d) To educate patients who come for nuclear medicine procedure.e) To clarify apprehensions and doubts which arise in the mind of the patients. | <p>Easy to understand</p><p>Color and black/white images for normal and abnormal nuclear medicine scans</p><p>This book can be used by nuclear medicine professionals as a ready reckoner</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54114-8 | Imaging / Radiology | Ramina | Ricardo Ramina, Neurological Institute of Curitiba (INC), Curitiba, Brazil; [NAME], Hospital Israelita [NAME], [NAME], Brazil; [NAME], [NAME] of Tuebingen, Tübingen, Germany | Samii's Essentials in Neurosurgery |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 370 | Hard cover | Book | XXVII, 370 p. 347 illus., 233 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | Neurosurgery | SCH39000 | MNN | Neuroradiology | SCH2903X | MMPH | Neurosurgery | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Approaches to the Orbit: a 360 Degrees View.- Intraoperative Brain Mapping.- Functional Microsurgery of Vestibular Schwannomas.- Preservation and Restitution of Auditory Function in Neurofibromatosis Type 2.- Peripheral nerve entrapment syndromes of the lower extremity.- Hypoglossal-facial nerve anastomosis.- Pituitary Surgery Beyond the Sella.- Endoscopy and thermodiskoplasty: a minimally invasive surgical treatment for lumbar pain.- Full-endoscopic lumbar and cervical surgery for disc herniation.- [NAME]-open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion for degenerative diseases.- Spinal robotics.- Sphenoid wing meningiomas.- Proliferation Behaviour in Meningiomas.- [NAME] and Syringobulbia.- Neural transplantation and restoration of motor behavior in Parkinson's disease.- Potential and limitations of chronic high-frequency deep-brain stimulation in parkinson's disease.- Arachnoid cysts of the posterior fossa.- Surgical reconstruction of musculocutaneous nerves in traumatic brachial plexus injuries.- Facial pain - diagnosis and therapy.- [NAME] (MVD) for Trigeminal Neuralgia (TN).- Spinal Intramedullary Tumors.- Bypass and vascular reconstruction for anterior circulation aneurysms.- Cerebral bypass and vascular reconstructions for posterior circulation aneurysms.- [NAME] and cochlear nerve function after surgery of cerebellopontine angle meningiomas.- Optic nerve sheath meningiomas.- [NAME] and Chondrosarcomas.- [NAME]: current state of the art.- Retrosigmoid approach to the posterior and middle fossae.- Endoscope-assisted Microsurgery.- Preoperative visualization of the facial nerve using diffusion tensor imaging fiber tracking in patients with large vestibular schwannomas.- Endoscopic transnasal surgery for clival chordoma.- Olfactory Groove Meningiomas: Pitfalls and surgical technique.- Malformation.- [NAME] and treatment of adult hydrocephalus.- [NAME], Treatment and Results.- The surgical management of trigeminal schwannomas.- Facial nerve schwannomas.- Surgery of large and giant residual/recurrent vestibular schwannomas.- Jugular foramen tumors - Diagnosis and management.- Navigated Semirobotic Pedicle [NAME] – Experience with 250 Consecutive Cases.- Total Lumbar Facet Replacement – Indication, Technique and 3-Years Results.- The Virtual Operating Field – How Image Guidance became integral to microneurosurgery.- Primary Tethered Cord Syndrome.- Considerations on Experimental Neuromodulation Following Grafting the Spinal Cord to Skeletal Muscles for Clinical Application.- Surgery of [NAME] angle Epidermoids. | This second edition of Samii's Essentials in Neurosurgery contains revised and updated versions of chapters from the first edition plus contributions on new topics written by leading neurosurgeons who were trained by Professor [NAME] in Hannover, Germany. Almost all fields of neurosurgery are covered. The authors follow the traditional principles of [NAME]’s philosophy in the diagnosis and management of various neurosurgical pathologies, while presenting their own personal experiences. The extensively illustrated texts document clearly how cutting-edge technology in neurosurgery is being applied in new approaches and techniques. This book will greatly assist neurosurgeons, ENT surgeons, neuroradiologists, neurologists, and neurophysiotherapists in their everyday practice. | <p>Revised and updated edition including contributions on new topics from leading neurosurgeons trained by Professor [NAME] Samii</p><p>Covers almost the entire field of neurosurgery, presenting the concepts and strategies of [NAME]'s school</p><p>Describes how cutting-edge technology is being applied in new approaches and techniques</p><p>Extensively illustrated</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5658-9 | Imaging / Radiology | [NAME] | [NAME], Universitätsspital Zürich, Zürich, Switzerland; [NAME], Zurich, Switzerland; Ch. [NAME], Kilchberg, Switzerland | Diseases of the Abdomen and Pelvis | Diagnostic Imaging and Interventional Techniques |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 320 p. 30 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Medicine & Public Health | Imaging / Radiology | SCH29005 | MMPH | Diagnostic Radiology | SCH29013 | MMPH | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Emergency Radiology of the Abdomen and Pelvis.- Diseases of the Upper GI Tract (incl. Swallowing [NAME] of the Small Bowel (incl. Enteroclysis by CT/MR).- Benign Diseases of the Colon and Rectum.- Benign Diseases of the Colon and Rectum (incl. CT Colonography).- Malignant Diseases of the Colon and Rectum ( incl. CT Colonography).- MRI of the Pelvic Floor including Defecography.- Diffuse Liver Disease.- Focal Liver Disease.- Diseases of the Gall Bladder.- Diseases of the Pancreas.- Adrenal Disease.- Renal Tumors.- Genitourinary Obstruction and Infection.- Benign Diseases of the Uterus.- Malignant Diseases of the Uterus.- Adnexal Diseases.- Diseases of the Male Genital Tract (Prostate, Scrotum and [NAME] of the Prostate.- Abdominal Vascular Disease: Diagnosis and Therapy.- Non-Vascular Abdominal Disease: Diagnosis and Therapy.- Pathways for the Spread of Disease in the Abdomen.- Abdominal Trauma.- Congenital and Acquired Pathologies of the Pediatric Gastro-Intestinal Tract.- Congenital and Acquired Pathologies of the Pediatric Uro-Genital Tract. | Written by internationally renowned experts, this volume is a collection of chapters dealing with imaging diagnosis and interventional therapies in abdominal and pelvic disease. The different topics are disease-oriented and encompass all the relevant imaging modalities including X-ray technology, nuclear medicine, ultrasound and magnetic resonance, as well as image-guided interventional techniques. The book represents a condensed overview of twenty topics relevant in abdominal and pelvic disease and is aimed at residents in radiology as well as at experienced radiologists wishing to be updated on the current state-of-the art. | <p>Provides a condensed overview of relevant topics in abdominal and pelvic diseases </p><p>Chapters are disease-oriented and cover all major imaging modalities </p><p>Relevant not only for radiologists, oncologists, surgeons but also for clinicians in other specialities wishing to update their knowledge in this field</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04012-7 | Imaging / Radiology | [NAME] | [NAME], Russian National Research Medical University, Moscow, Russia | Metaphorical Signs in Computed Tomography of Chest and Abdomen |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 176 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 176 p. 88 illus., 83 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 109 | Medicine & Public Health | Imaging / Radiology | SCH29005 | MMPH | Internal Medicine | SCH33002 | MJ | Radiology | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Saber-sheath [NAME] calcification, rim enhancement.- Split-pleura sign.- Consolidation.- [NAME]-glass opacity, black bronchus sign.- [NAME] or butterfly sign, cobblestone appearance.- Crazy paving sign.- Honeycombing.- Vanishing lung.- [NAME] perfusion or [NAME] sign.- Air trapping.- Swiss cheese appearance.- Bulging fissure sign.- Feeding vessel or fruits on the branch sign.- Cannonball metastases, snowstorm sign.- Air bronchograms and pseudocavitations.- Halo sign.- Corona radiata or [NAME], pleural tail sign.- Positive bronchus sign.- [NAME] incisure or umbilical retraction.- Popcorn calcification and bull's-eye calcification.- Target calcification.- And more metaphorical signs in Computed Tomography of Chest and Abdomen. | When analyzing the results of diagnostic imaging studies, the radiologist traditionally makes reference to particular features representative of normality or pathology. Most of these features are associated with images of the world around us. This pictorial issue contains nearly 400 illustrations and descriptions of more than 100 classic radiological signs of chest and abdominal diseases that are not named after authors but based on metaphors derived from contemplation of our environment. By correlating the results of computed tomography with these vivid descriptive images, readers will be able to memorize typical and often pathognomonic patterns of disease more quickly and more easily. This book will be of value for both radiology residents and more experienced radiologists. | <p>Presents almost 400 illustrations and descriptions of classic radiological signs based on metaphors derived from our environment</p><p>Helps readers to memorize typical and often pathognomonic patterns of disease</p><p>Of value to both radiology residents and more experienced</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04354-8 | Imaging / Radiology | Zakharova | Natalia Zakharova, [NAME], Moscow, Russia; [NAME], Burdenko Nurosurgery Intitute, Moscow, Russia; [NAME], Burdenko Nurosurgery Insitute, Moscow, Russia; [NAME], Burdenko Neurosurgery Institute, Moscow, Russia | Neuroimaging of Traumatic Brain Injury |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 12 | Hard cover | Book | CLIX, 12 p. 68 illus., 54 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Neuroradiology | SCH2903X | MMPH | Neurosurgery | SCH39000 | MNN | Radiology | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Clinical and prognostic value of neuroimaging in traumatic brain injury.- Clinical evaluation and neuroimaging technologies.- Neuroimaging classification of traumatic brain injury.- Dynamic study of white matter fiber tracts after traumatic brain injury.- Mapping of cerebral blood flow in focal and diffuse brain injury.- Dynamics of hemispheric and brain stem cerebral blood flow.- Conclusion. | The main purpose of this book is to present emerging neuroimaging data in order to define the role of primary and secondary structural and hemodynamic disturbances in different phases of traumatic brain injury (TBI) and to analyze the potential of diffusion tensor MRI, tractography and CT perfusion imaging in evaluating the dynamics of TBI. The authors present a new MRI classification of brain stem and hemispheric cortical/subcortical damage localization that is of significant prognostic value. New data are provided regarding the pathogenesis and dynamics of diffuse and focal brain injuries and qualitative and quantitative changes in the brain white matter tracts. It is shown that diffuse axonal injury can be considered a clinical model of multidimensional “split brain” with commissural, association and projection fiber disorders. The book will be of interest for neuroradiologists, neurosurgeons, neurologists and others with an interest in the subject. | <p>Presents novel neuroimaging data elucidating the role of structural and physiological disturbances in different phases of traumatic brain injury (TBI)</p><p>Analyzes the potential of diffusion tensor MRI, tractography and CT perfusion imaging in evaluating the dynamics of TBI</p><p>Presents a new MRI classification of prognostic significance</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0427-3 | Infectious Diseases | Diefenbach | [NAME], Westmead Millennium Institute, , Australia; Cornel Fraefel, University of Zürich, , Switzerland | Herpes Simplex Virus | Methods and [NAME] | Methods in Molecular Biology | 1144 | 1 | 2014 | 326 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 326 p. 45 illus., 28 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Infectious Diseases | SCH33096 | MJCJ | Virology | SCB22003 | MMFM | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | HSV-1 Biology and Life Cycle.- Herpes Simplex Virus Growth, Preparation, and Assay.- Isolation of Herpes Simplex Virus Nucleocapsid DNA.- Construction and Characterization of Bacterial Artificial Chromosomes (BACs) Containing Herpes Simplex Virus Full-Length Genomes.- Engineering HSV-1 Vectors for Gene Therapy.- Herpes Simplex Virus Type 1 (HSV-1)-Derived Amplicon Vectors.- HSV-1 Amplicon Vectors as Genetic Vaccines.- Modification of HSV-1 to an Oncolytic Virus.- Herpes Simplex Virus Mutant Generation and Dual Detection Methods for Gaining Insight into Latent/Lytic Cycles In Vivo.- Phenotypic and Genotypic Testing of HSV-1 Resistance to Antivirals.- Using Homogeneous Primary Neuron Cultures to Study Fundamental Aspects of HSV-1 Latency and Reactivation.- Characterization of Extracellular HSV-1 Virions by Proteomics.- A Precipitation-Based Assay to Analyze Interactions of Viral Particles with Cytosolic Host Factors.- Affinity Purification Combined with Mass Spectrometry to Identify Herpes Simplex Virus Protein-Protein Interactions.- Preparation of Herpes Simplex Virus Infected Primary Neurons for Transmission Electron Microscopy.- Multifluorescence Live Analysis of Herpes Simplex Virus Type-1 Replication.- Expression, Purification and Crystallization of HSV-1 Glycoproteins for Structure Determination.- Cryo-EM Techniques to Resolve the Structure of HSV-1 Capsid-Associated Components.- In Vivo HSV-1 DNA Transport Studies Using Murine Retinal Ganglion Cells.- HSV-1 Protein Expression Using Recombinant Baculoviruses.- The Murine Intravaginal HSV-2 Challenge Model for Investigation of DNA Vaccines. | Herpes Simplex Virus: Methods and [NAME] provides a wide collection of protocols employed in various levels of herpes virus research, including basic protocols on growing viruses in cell culture and cloning, manipulating and preparing viral DNA. Other chapters describe approaches to design and apply HSV-1 vectors for vaccination, cancer and gene therapy or to study specific aspects of HSV-1 biology such as latency, intracellular transport and protein-protein interaction. Procedures for structural analyses, microscopy, proteomics and testing of antivirals are included as well. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls.Practical and authoritative, Herpes Simplex Virus: Methods and [NAME] will aid new researchers in the field of herpes virology as well as those experienced investigators wishing to embark on new techniques. | <p>Includes cutting-edge methods and protocols for the study of the complex interactions between herpes viruses and the host</p><p>Provides step-by-step detail essential for reproducible results </p><p>Contains key notes and implementation advice from the experts</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP12345 | Springer Protocols
 | 978-1-4939-0347-4 | Infectious Diseases | Padmanabhan | [NAME], Georgetown University Medical Center Dept. of Microbiology and Immunology, Washington, DC, USA; [NAME], [NAME] GMS Singapore Emerging Infectious Diseases, Singapore, Singapore | Dengue | Methods and [NAME] | Methods in Molecular Biology | 1138 | 1 | 2014 | 403 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 403 p. 82 illus., 49 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Infectious Diseases | SCH33096 | MJCJ | Virology | SCB22003 | MMFM | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Dengue Virus Growth, Purification and Fluorescent Labeling.- Isolation and Titration of Dengue Viruses by the Mosquito Inoculation Technique.- Measuring Antibody Neutralization of Dengue Virus (DENV) Using a Flow Cytometry-Based Technique.- Dengue Virus Purification and Sample Preparation for Cryo-Electron Microscopy.- Development of a [NAME] Assay to Monitor Dengue Virus Seroconversion.- Pseudo-Infectious Reporter Virus Particles for Measuring Antibody-MediatedNeutralization and Enhancement of Dengue Virus Infection.- Cell-Based Flavivirus Infection (CFI) Assay for the Evaluation of Dengue Antiviral Candidates Using High Content Imaging.- Development and Application of Dengue Virus Reverse Genetic Systems.- DENV4 Renilla Luciferase Reporter Replicons.- Targeted Mutagenesis of Dengue Virus Type 2 replicon RNA by Yeast in vivoRecombination.- Identification of Dengue-Specific Human Antibody Fragments Using Phage Display.- Next Generation Whole Genome Sequencing of Dengue Virus.- MPGAfold in Dengue Secondary Structure Prediction.- Insights into Secondary and Tertiary Interactions of Dengue Virus RNA by [NAME] Small Angle X-Ray Scattering to Investigate the Structure and Function of Dengue Virus NS3 and NS5.- Identification of Dengue RNA Binding Proteins Using RNA Chromatography and Quantitative Mass Spectrometry.- Analysis of Affinity of Dengue Virus Protein Interaction Using BIAcore.- Functional Genomics Approach for the Identification of Human Host Factors Supporting Dengue Viral Propagation.- Investigating Dengue Virus Non-Structural Protein 5 (NS5) Nuclear Import.- Small Molecule Inhibitor Discovery for Dengue Virus Protease Using High Throughput Screening.- Construction of Dengue Virus Protease Expression Plasmid and in vitro Protease Assay for Screening Antiviral Inhibitors.- Construction of Plasmid, Bacterial Expression, Purification, and Assay of Dengue Virus Type 2 NS5 Methyltransferase.- Animal Models in Dengue.- Evaluation of Dengue Antiviral Candidates In Vivo in [NAME]. | Infection by flaviviruses such as dengue virus serotypes (DENV 1-4), Japanese encephalitis virus (JEV), tick-borne encephalitis virus (TBE), yellow fever virus (YFV) and West Nile virus (WNV) impact millions of lives and cause tens of thousands of mortalities each year. Dengue is a global public health emergency especially since there is no preventative vaccine or antiviral treatment for dengue disease. Dengue: Methods and [NAME] offers the increasing number of dengue researchers a one-stop protocol book with techniques compiled from the leading laboratories working on dengue. Chapters cover topics such as dengue virus isolation from clinical samples, quantification of human antibodies against the virus, assays to quantify the virus particles, the widely used mouse model to study dengue pathogenesis, vaccine and antiviral efficacies. Written in the successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible protocols and notes on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls.Authoritative and easily accessible, Dengue: Methods and [NAME] seeks to serve both professionals and novices with its well-honed methodologies on dengue research. | <p>Includes cutting-edge methods and protocols </p><p>Provides step-by-step detail essential for reproducible results </p><p>Contains key notes and implementation advice from the experts</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP12345 | Springer Protocols
 | 978-1-62703-787-7 | Infectious Diseases | Yurochko | [NAME], Louisiana State University Health Scienc, Shreveport, LA, USA; [NAME], University of Cincinnati College of Medi, Cincinnati, OH, USA | Human Cytomegaloviruses | Methods and [NAME] | Methods in Molecular Biology | 1119 | 1 | 2014 | 368 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 368 p. 40 illus., 22 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Infectious Diseases | SCH33096 | MJCJ | Virology | SCB22003 | MMFM | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Humana Press | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | History of the Molecular Biology of Cytomegalovirus.- Overview of Human Cytomegalovirus Pathogenesis.- Distinct Properties of Human [NAME] and the Appropriate Choice of Strains for Particular Studies.- Use of Diploid Human Fibroblasts as [NAME] to Culture/Grow, Study and Understand Human Cytomegalovirus Infection.- Use of Recombinant Approaches to Construct Human Cytomegalovirus Mutants.- The Use of Primary Human Cells (Fibroblasts, Monocytes and Others) to Assess Human Cytomegalovirus Function.- Human Hematopoietic Long-Term Culture (hLTC) for Human [NAME] and Reactivation.- Analysis of Cytomegalovirus Binding/Entry-Mediated Events.- Use of 5-Ethynyl-2’-Deoxyuridine Labelling and Flow Cytometry to Study Cell Cycle-Dependent Regulation of Human Cytomegalovirus Gene Expression.- Methods for Studying the Function of Cytomegalovirus GPCRs.- Methods for the Detection of Cytomegalovirus in Glioblastoma Cells and Tissues.- Methods to Study the Nucleocytoplasmic Transport of Macromolecules with Respect to Their Impact on the Regulation of Human Cytomegalovirus Gene Expression.- Fluorescence-Based Laser Capture Microscopy Technology Facilitates Identification of Critical In Vivo Cytomegalovirus Transcriptional Programs.- Techniques for Characterizing Cytomegalovirus-Encoded miRNAs.- What We Have Learned From Animal Models of HCMV.- Rodent Models of Congenital Cytomegalovirus Infection.- Recent Approaches and Strategies in the Generation of Anti-Human Cytomegalovirus Vaccines.- Approaches for the Generation of New Anti-Cytomegalovirus Agents:  Identification of Protein-Protein Interaction Inhibitors and Compounds Against the HCMV IE2 Protein. | With the significant medical role that human cytomegalovirus plays in human disease (from acute disease following primary infection, to chronic disease due to life-long viral persistence), the need to better understand human cytomegalovirus biology and pathogenesis is needed. Human Cytomegaloviruses: Methods and [NAME] is designed to be an inclusive document covering all of the techniques and approaches necessary to understand and study the pathobiology of human cytomegalovirus. Topics covered include the history of human cytomegaloviruses, techniques to culture and grow the virus in model cell types, the use of primary cells for the study of human cytomegalovirus pathogenesis, modern molecular techniques for assessing the biological consequences of viral infection, animal models for study of cytomegalovirus replication and numerous other topics of current interest. Written in the successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, each chapter includes an introduction, list of necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible protocols, and notes on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls.Authoritative and easily accessible, Human Cytomegaloviruses: Methods and [NAME] serves as a tool for basic scientists as well as clinical scientists with an interest in the basic fundamental aspects of viral gene expression and specific aspects of viral pathogenesis. | <p>Includes cutting-edge methods and protocols </p><p>Provides step-by-step detail essential for reproducible results </p><p>Contains key notes and implementation advice from the experts</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP12345 | Springer Protocols
 | 978-88-470-5646-6 | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | Aliverti | [NAME], [NAME], Milano, Italy; [NAME], [NAME], Milano, Italy | Mechanics of Breathing | New Insights from New Technologies |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 370 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XVII, 370 p. 157 illus., 51 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Pneumology/Respiratory System | SCH33134 | MJL | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | SCH3100X | MMKL | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Physiological and Pathophysiological Aspects of Mechanics of Breathing.- 1 The Act of Breathing.- 2 The Work of Breathing During Exercise: Implication for Performance.- 3 Pathology of COPD and asthma.- 4 Pathophysiology of Airflow Obstruction.- 5 Role of airway Smooth Muscle Mechanical Properties in the Regulation of Airway Caliber.- 6 Nitric Oxide in Asthma is like [NAME] in Type II Diabetes.- 7 Static and Dynamic Hyperinflation in COPD.- 8 Lung Recruitment and Derecruitment.- Part II Assessment of Mechanics of Breathing.- 9 Pulmonary Function Testing: an Update.- 10 Oscillatory Mechanics.- 11 Chest Wall Mechanics and Opto-Electronic Plethysmography.- 12 Regional Blood Flow by [NAME] and ICG.- 13 Assessment of Dispnea.- 14 Gas Washout Technique Functional Imaging.- 15 High Resolution CT of the Lung.- 16 Functional Imaging of Airway Distensibility.- 17 Functional MRI by Hyperpolarized helium.- 18 Dynamic MRI Imaging of the Diaphragm.- 19 PET Imaging of the Lung.- Part III Different Treatment and Mechanics of Breathing.- 20 Pharmaceutical Treatment in COPD: an Update.- 21 Rehabilitation Strategies in COPD.- 22 Pathophysiology of COPD: Implication for Exercise and Rehabilitation.- 23 Old and New Trends in Invasive Mechanical Ventilation.- 24 Use of Respiratory Mechanics for Monitoring and Setting of Non-Invasive Mechanical Ventilation.- 25 Use of FOT for Optimizing Mechanical Ventilation. | This book offers a state-of-the-art description of the complexity of the healthy and pathological respiratory system, with particular reference to the mechanics of the airways, lung and chest wall. Detailed information is provided on new insights into the mechanics of breathing that have been obtained through technological innovations in measurement systems, cutting-edge modeling techniques and novel approaches to functional imaging of the respiratory system. It is explained how these advances permit the assessment of emerging treatment approaches, including new drugs, innovative surgical techniques and modes of mechanical ventilation and new forms of rehabilitation. In order to ensure comprehensive coverage of the subject, the editor has assembled a multidisciplinary team of authors comprising basic scientists in respiratory medicine, chest and intensive care physicians and bioengineers involved in both modeling and instrumentation. The book is intended for intensive care physicians, respirologists, physiologists, rehabilitation specialists, basic scientists in respiration, research and clinical fellows, biomedical engineers involved with respiratory mechanics and respiratory therapists. They will update their knowledge and improve their clinical expertise. | <p>Up-to-date description of new methods for measuring different aspects of the mechanics of breathing</p><p><p>Aid to understanding the mechanics of the airways, lung and chest wall</p>Description of the effects of innovative interventional techniques on respiratory function | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5300-7 | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | Berlot | [NAME], University of Trieste University Hospital, Trieste, Italy; [NAME], Trieste, Italy | [NAME] in the Critically Ill |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 250 p. 30 illus. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | SCH3100X | MMKL | Hematology | SCH3307X | MJF | Critical Care Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | Planned | 2014-08-24 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Preface.-The Anemic Critically Ill Patient: What is [NAME]? Is this Patient really Anemic? [NAME] and [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], Acute or Chronic Anemia, Diagnostic Algorythm.-The Leukopenic Critically Ill Patient: What is Leukopenia, Isolated and Combined Leukopenia,Diagnostic Algorythm.-The critically ill patient with Leukocytosis: What is leukocytosis, Non-infective conditions associated with leukocytosis, Diagnostic Algorhythm.- The Critically Ill Patient with an Abnormal Platelet Count: Hypopiastrinemia, Hyperpiastrinemia, Diagnostic Algorhythm.- The Critically Ill Patient with a Suspected Severe Transfusional Reaction: The Transfusion Reactions, Transfusion-associated Acute Lung Injury, Transfusion-associated [NAME], Diagnostic Algorhythm.- Drugs and blood cells.​ | This book covers a wide array of hematologic problems commonly encountered in the daily practice of critical care and emergency medicine. Prompt diagnosis is essential in patients admitted to intensive care units with hematologic disorders, but the presenting symptoms are frequently rather unspecific. This book recognizes the importance of accurate and speedy interpretation of symptoms in that the text is symptom oriented rather than disease oriented. Thus, the reader confronted with a particular clinical problem or symptom will be guided step by step to the possible underlying disorder(s). Scenarios considered include critical illness in patients with anemia, leukopenia, leukocytosis, abnormal platelet count, severe transfusion reactions, and drug-induced hematologic disorders. Helpful flow charts are included to assist in decision making. Although the book is intended mainly for intensivists, other specialists will find much information of value for their daily practice.​ | Symptom-oriented approach to diagnosis of hematologic problems in critically ill patients Covers a wide range of scenarios commonly encountered in intensive care units Includes helpful flow charts to assist in diagnosis and decision [NAME] | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-45406-6 | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | Hübler | [NAME], University Hospital  [NAME], Dresden, Germany; [NAME], University Hospital [NAME], Dresden, Germany; [NAME], University of Washington, Seattle, WA, USA | Complications and [NAME] in Anesthesia | Cases – Analysis – Preventive Strategies |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 356 | Soft cover | Book | XXIII, 356 p. 46 illus. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Anesthesiology | SCH13001 | MMB | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | SCH3100X | MMKL | Anaesthesiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Retained placenta.- [NAME] dislocation with fracture.- Pancreatic surgery.- A Day in the PACU.- TUR of the prostate.- Tonsillectomy.- Hurray, a child!.- The rebleed – Uh-oh, a child!.- Bowel obstruction.- D&C.- Inguinal hernia repair.- Hip surgery.- Foot surgery.- Spinal stenosis.- Septoplasty.- Cosmetic surgery.- Laparoscopic cholecystectomy.- The second inguinal hernia.- Hip fracture.- [NAME] fracture.- Colectomy.- [NAME] joint replacement.- Laser surgery.- Tibia fracture.- Inguinal abscess.- Aortic aneurysm.- Dyspnea.- [NAME] scan.- Cerebrovascular accident.- Prostatectomy.- Angiography.- Glioblastoma.- Table. | Ability to learn from errors is an essential aspect of the quest to improve treatment quality and patient safety. This book consists of 33 cases in anesthesiology that is based on real life situations and illuminate avoidable complications and mishaps. The cases are presented in a novel manner in that they are embedded within narratives. The reader comes to each case “cold”, without any clue as to the content, and each case comprises a narrative and a factual component that are interwoven. The narrative parts provide the reader with information and tips regarding the clinical problems and tasks that the protagonist must face and try to solve. The idea is to engage the reader emotionally while reading and to entertain him or her while learning. All cases conclude with short debriefing sections which include possible strategies to prevent similar errors or mishaps. | <p>Presents 33 cases based on real-life situations that involved complications, mishaps or errors</p><p>Describes the cases in an emotionally engaging and entertaining way to facilitate learning</p><p>Includes suggestions and tips on medical, organisational and non-technical factors</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04575-7 | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | Leone | [NAME], [NAME], Marseille, France; [NAME], [NAME], Marseille, France; Jean-Louis Vincent, Erasme Hospital, Brussels, Belgium | Uncommon Diseases in the ICU |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 215 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 215 p. 38 illus., 12 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | SCH3100X | MMKL | Internal Medicine | SCH33002 | MJ | Critical Care Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Genetic aspects of uncommon diseases.- Cardiovascular system.- Tako-Tsubo cardiomyopathy.- Brugada syndrome.- Calcium channel disorders.- Pulmonary hypertension.- Pheochromocytoma.- Infectious diseases.- Lemierre’s syndrome.- Rickettsiosis in ICU.- Strongyloides hyperinfection syndrome.- Dengue virus infection.- Cikungunya in ICU.- Respiratory system.- Pulmonary fibrosis.- Nervous system.- Myasthenia in ICU.- Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis.- ICU and Parkinson disease.- Internal medicine diseases.- Immunological diseases in ICU.- Metabolic diseases in ICU.- Mitochondrial disease.- Hematological diseases.- Hemolytic anemia.- Retinoic acid syndrome.- Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura.- Skin system.- Hereditary angioedema (B. Floccard, B. Allaouchiche).- Toxic epidermal necrolysis in children.- Renal system.- [NAME] and Bartter syndromes.- Liver system.- Uncommon liver diseases. | This book highlights the practical characteristics of uncommon diseases and presents the most relevant features for the management of intensive care units. It does not aim to provide an exhaustive description of uncommon diseases, focusing instead on the major diseases that intensivists may encounter in their clinical practice.After a brief introduction on the epidemiology and pathophysiology of each disease, the authors emphasize the aspects related to diagnosis and treatment, providing concise and pragmatic guidance for residents and intensivists who care for patients with uncommon diseases.Although by definition uncommon diseases have a low prevalence in the general population, they can affect a large number of patients admitted to intensive care units, as they can often be diagnosed at intensive care units. Indeed, often a complication of the disease is what leads to the patient’s being admitted to an intensive care unit. | <p>Uncommon diseases affect a large number of patients in the ICU</p><p>This book focuses on the major cases encountered in the ICU</p><p>Concise and pragmatic guidance will help the intensivists in their day to day practice</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5664-0 | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | Sandrucci | [NAME], University of Turin Medical School, Torino, Italy; Baudolino Mussa, University of Turin Medical School, Turin, Italy | Peripherally Inserted Central Venous Catheters |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 238 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 238 p. 65 illus., 50 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | SCH3100X | MMKL | Oncology | SCH43008 | MJCL | Critical Care Medicine | Monograph | Springer Milan | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1 Introduction and Overview of PICC History.- 2 Which Material and Device? The Choice of PICC.- 3 The Concept of Vessel Health and Preservation: the Proactive Procedure.- 4 The Choice of a Vein in Critically Ill patients: Cost-Effectiveness.- 5 Advantages, Disadvantages and Indications of PICC in Inpatients and Outpatients.- 6 Ultrasound Anatomy of Peripheral Veins and Ultrasound Guided Venipuncture.- 7 Evaluation Techniques of the PICC Tip Placement.- 8 Frequency, Diagnosis and Management of Occlusive and Mechanical PICC Complications.- 9 Clinical Problems Associated to the use of Peripheral Venous Approaches in Clinical Practice: Infections.- 10 Clinical Problems Associated with the use of Peripheral Venous Approaches in Clinical Practice: Thrombosis.- 11 Maneuvers, precautions and tricks for PICC Positioning Procedure.- 12 The “Off Label” Use of PICC Catheters.- 13 Ethical and Psychological Aspects of Peripherally Inserted Central Catheters.- 14 Legal Aspects of Peripherally Inserted Central Catheters.- 15 The PICC Team.- Subject Index | Indications for central venous cannulation in critically ill patients have increased dramatically, but central venous access has the drawbacks of morbidity and a scarcity of experienced operators. Ultrasound-guided peripheral venous access offers a solution, in that it reduces morbidity and can be performed by a dedicated nursing team. The aim of this book is to teach the fundamentals of this emerging technique. Advice is provided on choice of materials; maneuvers for positioning of peripherally inserted central venous catheters (PICCs), techniques for evaluation of PICC tip placement; prevention, diagnosis, and management of complications; and organization of a dedicated team within a hospital or a supportive care program. Legal and economic issues are also considered. The book will be of interest to a wide range of professionals, including nutritionists, oncologists, anesthesiologists, surgeons, registered nurses, nurse practitioners, physicians, physician assistants, and radiologists. | <p>Provides detailed guidance and tips on the use of ultrasound and other non-invasive techniques for peripheral insertion of central catheters</p><p>Offers advice on choice of materials and the prevention, diagnosis, and management of complications</p><p>Includes special chapters on psychological, legal, and economic issues</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5426-4 | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME], San Gerardo Hospital, [NAME] (MB), Italy; Nicolò Patroniti, University of Milano-Bicocca, San Gerardo Hospital, [NAME] (MB), Italy; [NAME], Università Milano [NAME] e Chirurgia, [NAME] (MB), Italy | ECMO-Extracorporeal Life Support in Adults |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 489 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 489 p. 92 illus., 57 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | SCH3100X | MMKL | Cardiac Surgery | SCH59028 | MNH | Critical Care Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | PART I History and Technical Aspects.- History of extracorporeal life support.- Developing a new ECMO program.- Basic Aspects of Physiology during ECMO Support.- Percutaneous cannulation: indication, technique and complications.- Surgical cannulation: indication, technique and complications.- Materials: cannulas, pumps, oxygenators.- Coagulation, anticoagulation and inflammatory response.- PART II ECMO for circulatory support.- Extracorporeal life support: interactions with normal circulation.- ECMO for ischemic cardiogenic shock.- ECMO for refractory cardiac arrest.- ECMO for post-cardiotomic shock.- ECMO in myocarditis and rare cardiomyopathies.- ECMO for high-risk procedures.- ECMO for severe accidental hypothermia.- ECMO for intoxications.- Newer indications for ECMO: [NAME] embolism, pulmonary hypertension, septic shock and [NAME] ventricular rest and unloading during VA ECMO.- Weaning from extracorporeal circulatory support.- Treatment options for end-stage cardiac failure.- PART III ECMO for respiratory support.- Contemporary ARDS management.- Respiratory monitoring during VA-ECMO.- Structure of an ECMO network for respiratory support.- ECMO and thoracic surgery.- ECMO in the awake/extubated patient.- ECMO as a bridge to lung transplant.- Low-flow ECMO and CO2 removal.- Weaning from VV ECMO.- PART IV ECMO for organ procurement.- [NAME] beating and non-heart beating [NAME] the ECMO patient.- Patient care during ECMO.- Echocardiography in VA and VV ECMO.- Hemodynamic monitoring.- Respiratory monitoring during VA-ECMO.- Neurological monitoring during ECMO.- Monitoring the ECMO patient: the extracorporeal circuit.- PART VI Complications of ECMO.- Complications of extracorporeal support and their management.- Troubleshooting common and less common problems.- PART VII Transport of the ECMO patient.- Fixed-wing and helicopter.- Ambulance.- PART VIII Conclusion.- Newer indications and challenges. | Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) has been in clinical use for some 40 years, but it is only in the past decade that its application in the treatment of life-threatening circulatory and respiratory failure has truly flourished.This book presents a comprehensive overview of both pathophysiological and practical aspects of circulatory and respiratory extracorporeal support. The basics of ECMO, including its history, the “ECMO team”, cannulation, materials, and blood-surface interactions, are first discussed. The various indications for and particular characteristics of circulatory and respiratory extracorporeal life support are then described in detail in the main part of the book. Patient care during ECMO and monitoring of the ECMO patient are also carefully covered, with explanation of the management of technical and clinical complications and transport-related problems. Further topics include long-term therapy options beyond ECMO, such as ventricular assist devices and transplants, outcome, the new frontiers of ECMO for organ procurement and future challenges.The authors are well-known experts in the field whose authoritative contributions and attention to practical aspects will be invaluable for novices and experienced practitioners alike. | <p>Detailed coverage of practical aspects invaluable for novices</p><p>Authoritative points of view that will appeal to experienced practitioners </p><p>Tips and information on issues not covered in other books</p><p>Written by well-known experts in the field</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-6361-9 | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | Wheeler | [NAME], Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH, USA; [NAME], Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH, USA; [NAME], University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, MI, USA | Pediatric Critical Care Medicine | Volume 1: Care of the Critically Ill or Injured Child |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 820 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 820 p. 202 illus., 79 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Medicine & Public Health | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | SCH3100X | MMKL | Pediatrics | SCH49006 | MJW | Critical Care Medicine | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Section I.  The Practice of Pediatric Critical Care Medicine.- Section II.  The Science of Pediatric Critical Care Medicine Section III.  Resuscitation, Stabilization, and Transport of the Critically Ill or Injured Child.- Section IV.  Monitoring the Critically Ill or Injured Child.- Section V.  Special Situations in Pediatric Critical Care Medicine. | The second edition of Pediatric Critical Care Medicine spans three volumes, with major sections dedicated to specific organ systems. Each major section consists of separate chapters dedicated to reviewing the specific disease processes affecting each organ system. Each chapter concludes with a comprehensive list of references, with brief, concise remarks denoting references of ‘special interest’ and ‘of interest’. Consequently, the books are unique in their comprehensive coverage of pediatric critical care and their ease of use and will be of value to those studying towards pediatric critical care examinations and those who are already qualified. | <p>A new edition of the most comprehensive textbook of pediatric critical care medicine</p><p>First ostensibly evidence-based pediatric critical care textbook</p><p>Relevant for those studying towards pediatric critical care examinations and those who are already qualified</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-6355-8 | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | Wheeler | [NAME], Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH, USA; [NAME], Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH, USA; [NAME], University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, MI, USA | Pediatric Critical Care Medicine | Volume 2: Respiratory, Cardiovascular and Central Nervous Systems |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 644 | Hard cover | Book | XXIII, 644 p. 363 illus., 127 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 159 | Medicine & Public Health | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | SCH3100X | MMKL | Pediatrics | SCH49006 | MJW | Critical Care Medicine | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Section I.  The Respiratory System in Critical Illness and Injury.- Section II.  The Cardiovascular System in Critical Illness and Injury.- Section III.  The Central Nervous System in Critical Illness and Injury.- Section IV.  The Gastrointestinal System in Critical Illness and Injury.- Section V.  The Endocrine System in Critical Illness and Injury.- Section VI.  The Renal System in Critical Illness and Injury.- Section VII.  The Hematologic System in Critical Illness and Injury.- Section VIII.  [NAME] in the PICU.- Section IX.  The Immune System in Critical Illness and Injury. | The second edition of Pediatric Critical Care Medicine spans three volumes, with major sections dedicated to specific organ systems. Each major section consists of separate chapters dedicated to reviewing the specific disease processes affecting each organ system. Each chapter concludes with a comprehensive list of references, with brief, concise remarks denoting references of ‘special interest’ and ‘of interest’. Consequently, the books are unique in their comprehensive coverage of pediatric critical care and their ease of use and will be of value to those studying towards pediatric critical care examinations and those who are already qualified. | <p>A new edition of the most comprehensive textbook of pediatric critical care medicine</p><p><p><p>First ostensibly evidence-based pediatric critical care textbook</p><p><p>Relevant for those studying towards pediatric critical care examinations and those who are already qualified</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-6415-9 | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | Wheeler | [NAME], Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH, USA; [NAME], Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH, USA; [NAME], University of Michigan Medical Scho, Ann Arbor, MI, USA | Pediatric Critical Care Medicine | Volume 3: Gastroenterological, Endocrine, [NAME], [NAME], Oncologic and Immune Systems |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 487 | Hard cover | Book | X, 487 p. 125 illus., 78 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | SCH3100X | MMKL |  |  |  | Critical Care Medicine | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Section [NAME] The Gastrointestinal System in Critical Illness and Injury.- Section II. The Endocrine System in Critical Illness and Injury.- Section III. The Renal System in Critical Illness and Injury.- Section IV.  The Hematologic System in Critical Illness and Injury.- Section V.  Oncologic Disorders in the PICU.-  Section VI. The Immune System in Critical Illness and Injury. | The second edition of Pediatric Critical Care Medicine spans four volumes, with major sections dedicated to specific organ systems. Each major section consists of separate chapters dedicated to reviewing the specific disease processes affecting each organ system. Each chapter concludes with a comprehensive list of references, with brief, concise remarks denoting references of ‘special interest’ and ‘of interest’. Consequently, the books are unique in their comprehensive coverage of pediatric critical care and their ease of use and will be of value to those studying towards pediatric critical care examinations and those who are already qualified. | <p>A new edition of the most comprehensive textbook of pediatric critical care medicine</p><p>First ostensibly evidence-based pediatric critical care textbook</p><p>Relevant for those studying towards pediatric critical care examinations and those who are already qualified</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-6358-9 | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | Wheeler | [NAME], Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH, USA; [NAME], Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH, USA; [NAME], University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, MI, USA | Pediatric Critical Care Medicine | Volume 4: Peri-operative Care of the Critically Ill or Injured Child |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 500 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 500 p. 96 illus., 27 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | SCH3100X | MMKL | Pediatrics | SCH49006 | MJW | Critical Care Medicine | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2014-04-14 00:00:00 |  |  | Section I.  Anesthesia in the Critically Ill or Injured Child.- Section II.  General Principles of Peri-operative Care.- Section III.  Trauma.- Section IV.  [NAME] and Critical Care.- Section V.  Critical Care of the Solid Organ Transplant Patient. | The second edition of Pediatric Critical Care Medicine spans three volumes, with major sections dedicated to specific organ systems. Each major section consists of separate chapters dedicated to reviewing the specific disease processes affecting each organ system. Each chapter concludes with a comprehensive list of references, with brief, concise remarks denoting references of ‘special interest’ and ‘of interest’. Consequently, the books are unique in their comprehensive coverage of pediatric critical care and their ease of use and will be of value to those studying towards pediatric critical care examinations and those who are already qualified. | <p>A new edition of  the most comprehensive textbook of pediatric critical care medicine</p><p><p>First ostensibly evidence-based pediatric critical care textbook</p><p><p>Relevant for those studying towards pediatric critical care examinations and those who are already qualified</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5273-4 | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | Zago | [NAME], Policlinico San Pietro Bergamo, Italy, Milano, Italy | Essential US for Trauma: E-FAST |  | Ultrasound for Acute Care Surgeons |  | 1 | 2014 | 120 | Soft cover | Book | XV, 120 p. 95 illus., 65 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Emergency Medicine | SCH22000 | MMK | Ultrasound | SCH29064 | MMPF | Emergency Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Preface.- 1 Basic physics, instrumentation and knobology.- 2 E-FAST protocol: Introduction and focused questions.- 3 Abdominal views: Anatomy, Techniques, Scanning tips and tricks, abnormal images.- 4 Thoracic views: Anatomy, Techniques, Scanning Tips and Tricks, [NAME] Images.- 5 Including EFAST in TraumaAalgorithm: When? What to do next?.- 6 The role of EFAST in Comprehensive US Trauma Management (ABCDE-US) Facing Clinical Scenarios.- 7 Pre-Hospital US in Trauma: Role and Tips.- 8 CEUS-FAST: What is it? | E-FAST (extended focused assessment by sonograpy for trauma) represents the basic ultrasonographic approach to any trauma patient. Identification or exclusion of free fluid and air in the abdominal and thoracic cavities plays a pivotal role in deciding the immediate diagnostic and therapeutic path. Learning E-FAST is mandatory for all acute care surgeons and all physicians involved in trauma management. The structure of the book and its practical approach will make it an easy-to-consult and quick reference tool for beginners and a useful support for more experienced professionals. | <p>Practical approach to the E-FAST technique </p><p>Succint, ready reference, easy to consult </p><p>Useful support for both trainees and more experienced professionals</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04587-0 | Internal Medicine | [NAME] | Said [NAME], The Royal Hospital, Muscat, Oman; [NAME], L'Archet 2 Hospital, Nice, France | Robotic Donor Nephrectomy | A Practical Guide |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 100 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 100 p. 92 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Nephrology | SCH33126 | MJR | Transplant Surgery | [NAME] | MNQ | Internal Medicine | Manual | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Surgical Anatomy of the Retroperitoneum.- 2. Pre-Operative Investigations.- 3. Anesthesiological Aspects Relevant for Robotic Assisted Laparoscopic Donor Nephrectomy.- 4. Robotic Instruments.- 5. Surgical Steps. | [NAME] transplantation from a living donor provides the best chance for successful renal replacement therapy. However patient’s safety remains of paramount importance and complications are unacceptable. Laparoscopic donor nephrectomy (LDN) has been proven to have a lower surgical mortality and morbidity as well as a lower blood loss, a shorter hospital stay, and a better cosmetic result compared to the open procedure. This has resulted in LDN being considered the standard in many centers. Robot-Assisted Laparoscopic Donor (RALD) nephrectomy is a new trend developed in the last decade. Robotic assistance is increasingly popular worldwide, because it offers optimal operative conditions to the urological surgeon and a shorter learning curve than the standard laparoscopy. | <p>This book will present simplified, clear and well exposed reader-friendly material</p><p>Descriptions of the whole operation will be detailed step by step</p><p>There will be high quality pictures of the whole operation, starting with anatomic reviews of the retroperitoneum, the pre-operative investigations, the anesthesiological aspects, the robotic instruments and the surgical steps of robotic donor nephrectomy</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-35625-4 | Internal Medicine | Chun | [NAME], Korea University Anam Hospital, Seoul, Korea, Republic of (South Korea); [NAME], ASAN Medical Center, Seoul, Korea, Republic of (South Korea); Eun Young Park, Seoul St. Mary's Hospital, Seoul, Korea, Republic of (South Korea) | Clinical Gastrointestinal Endoscopy | A Comprehensive Atlas |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 671 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 671 p. 637 illus., 627 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | Internal Medicine | SCH33002 | MJ | Gastroenterology | SCH33061 | MJH | Internal Medicine | [NAME] | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1. Normal upper GI findings and normal variants.- Chapter 2. Laryngopharyngeal diseases.- Chapter 3. Infectious and noninfectious esophagitis.- Chapter 4. Reflux esophagitis and [NAME]’s esophagus.- Chapter 5. Benign esophageal tumors.- Chapter 6. Esophageal cancer.- Chapter 7. Miscellaneous esophageal diseases.- Chapter 8. Gastritis and gastric ulcers.- Chapter 9. GIST and other subepithelial tumors.- Chapter 10. Gastric polyps and dysplasias.- Chapter 11. Early gastric cancers.- Chapter 12. Advanced gastric cancers.- Chapter 13. Gastric lymphoma and other gastric neoplasms.- Chapter 14. Miscellaneous gastric diseases.- Chapter 15. Duodenitis and duodenal ulcers.- Chapter 16. Duodenal Tumors.- Chapter 17. Miscellaneous duodenal diseases.- Chapter 18. Normal colonoscopy findings.- Chapter 19. Idiopathic inflammatory bowel diseases.- Chapter 20. Inflammatory diseases of colon other than idiopathic IBD.- Chapter 21. Colorectal polyps and polyposis.- Chapter 22. Malignant tumors in colon.- Chapter 23. Diverticular and vascular diseases in colon.- Chapter 24. Anorectal diseases.- Chapter 25. Miscellaneous lesions in the colon.- Chapter 26. Normal small bowel findings and variants.- Chapter 27. Inflammatory lesions of the small bowel.- Chapter 28. Inflammatory lesions of the small bowel other than inflammatory bowel disease.- Chapter 29. Tumorous lesions of the small bowel.- Chapter 30. Vascular and miscellaneous lesions of the small bowel. | Gastrointestinal endoscopy is the principal tool for the investigation and treatment of most diseases of the gastrointestinal tract. The Atlas of Clinical Gastrointestinal Endoscopy offers a comprehensive overview of the role of gastrointestinal endoscopy in diagnosis. The atlas contains an abundance of high-quality images of a wide range of diseases of the upper and lower gastrointestinal tract, accompanied by precise clinical descriptions. Normal findings and variants are also documented. Furthermore, many images obtained by means of advanced image-enhanced endoscopy, capsule endoscopy, device-assisted enteroscopy, and endoscopic ultrasound are included. This book will be an ideal reference for both specialists and trainees in gastroenterology. It will provide the reader with an invaluable store of knowledge and with the clear guidance required in order to perform gastrointestinal endoscopy to best effect. | <p>An abundance of high-quality images of a wide range of diseases of the upper and lower gastrointestinal tract </p><p>Also depicts normal findings and variants </p><p>Includes images obtained by capsule endoscopy, device-assisted enteroscopy, and image-enhanced endoscopy</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0769-4 | Internal Medicine | Dellaripa | [NAME], Division of Rheumatology Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA, USA; Aryeh Fischer, Autoimmune Lung Center National Jewish Health, Denver, CO, USA; [NAME], University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA | Pulmonary Manifestations of Rheumatic Disease | A Comprehensive Guide |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 240 | Hard cover | Book | X, 240 p. 65 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Rheumatology | SCH57009 | MJM | Pneumology/Respiratory System | SCH33134 | MJL | Rheumatology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Planned | 2014-06-05 00:00:00 |  | worldwide | 1: The Lung in Rheumatic Diseases.- 2: Evaluation of Lung Disease in Patients with [NAME] Disease.- 3: Rheumatoid Arthritis.- 4: Interstitial Lung Disease in Systemic Sclerosis.- 5: Inflammatory Myopathy/Anti-Synthetase Syndrome.- 6: Pulmonary Manifestations of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE).- 7: Pulmonary Manifestations in Mixed Connective Tissue Disease.- 8: Pulmonary Manifestations of [NAME] Syndrome.- 9: Pulmonary Manifestations of Sarcoidosis.- 10: Pulmonary Manifestations of Vasculitis.- 11: Pulmonary Hypertension Associated with [NAME] Disease.- 12: Respiratory Infections in the Rheumatic Disease Patient.- 13: Lung Transplantation for Connective Tissue Disease-Associated Lung Disease.- 14: Current and Emerging Treatment Options in Interstitial Lung Disease. | The spectrum of systemic rheumatologic disease (often termed connective tissue disease) is characterized by autoimmune-mediated organ dysfunction and the lungs are a frequent target. There are numerous pulmonary manifestations--with varied incidence and prevalence--associated with connective tissue diseases and all patients with rheumatologic disease are at risk of developing associated lung disease. It is not known why specific connective tissue diseases are more likely to be associated with certain types of lung disease and there is still much to learn about the natural history of this connection. Largely due to the interplay concerning the diverse nature of the connective tissue diseases and the frequently heterogeneous forms of lung involvement encountered, the arena of rheumatologic lung disease poses major challenges to practicing clinicians. Moreover, the assessment and management of rheumatologic lung disease requires a multi-disciplinary approach and is optimized by active engagement by rheumatologists working closely with pulmonologists and other specialists. Pulmonary Manifestations of Rheumatic Disease offers a practical and comprehensive overview of lung disease encountered in patients with systemic rheumatic diseases. The book helps practicing clinicians in the ongoing assessment, management, and understanding of rheumatologic lung disease. While providing chapters on the science and pathophysiology underlying rheumatologic lung diseases, the text has a case-based approach and is more significantly weighted towards the clinical aspects and implications of the diseases. The first text of its kind specifically dedicated to describe diverse, commonplace, and challenging aspects of rheumatologic lung diseases, Pulmonary Manifestations of Rheumatic Disease serves as an invaluable tool for the practicing clinician. | <p>Of interest to clinicians involved in the care of patients with connective tissue disease, particularly rheumatologists, but also pulmonary specialists, cardiologists and radiologists</p><p>A multi-disciplinary text that includes national and international leaders in rheumatologic lung disease</p><p>Features chapters co-authored by rheumatologists and pulmonologists</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-62703-769-3 | Internal Medicine | Fantuzzi | [NAME], University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, IL, USA; [NAME], University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, IL, USA | Adipose Tissue and Adipokines in Health and Disease |  | Nutrition and Health |  | 2 | 2014 | 388 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 388 p. 35 illus., 22 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Clinical Nutrition | SCH33140 | MBNH3 | Nutrition | [NAME] | PSB | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Humana Press | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Adipose Tissue in Evolution.- Adipose [NAME] and Adipogenesis.- Metabolism of White Adipose Tissue.- Bad Fat or Just More Fat? Murine Models of Metabolically-Healthy Obesity.- The Aging Adipose Organ: Lipid Redistribution, Inflammation, and Cellular Senescence.- Adipokines: Leptin and [NAME] in the Regulation of Inflammatory and Immune Responses.- Adipose Tissue Inflammation.- Endoplasmic Reticulum Stress and Adipose Tissue Function.- Autophagy in White Adipose Tissue.- Obesity and Micronutrient Deficiencies.- Epidemiology of Obesity in Children.- Genetics of Obesity.- Epigenetics of Obesity.- Consequences of Rapid Weight Loss.- Human Lipodystrophy: An Update on Molecular Genetics and Possible Mechanisms of Fat Loss.- Adipose Tissue and Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus.- Adipokines in Non-Alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease.- Obesity and Cardiovascular Disease.- Respiratory Diseases in Obesity.- Adiposity & Kidney Disease.- Obesity and Joint Disease.- Obesity and Colon and Postmenopausal Breast Cancer. | The field of adipose tissue biology has been expanding at a very rapid pace in the last few years. Numerous advances have been made since publication of the first edition of this book, in terms of basic adipocyte biology, understanding of the determinants of obesity, distribution of body fat and weight loss, as well as the mechanisms linking excess adiposity to various co-morbidities.  Adipose Tissue and Adipokines in Health and Disease, Second Edition contains updated chapters from the previous volume but as the field has evolved, some areas covered in the first edition have been refocused to address the new knowledge.  The volume is divided in four sections:  the first two deal with basic adipose tissue and adipokine biology, while the last two address the problem of obesity and alterations in adipose tissue function from an epidemiological and clinical standpoint.  The chapters are written by experts in their fields and include the most up to date scientific information.  Adipose Tissue and Adipokines in Health and Disease, Second Edition is a useful resource for physicians interested in adipose tissue biology and basic scientists who want to know more about applied aspects of the field.  The book targets endocrinologists, residents and fellows, internists, nutritionists and general practitioners who are exposed to an ever-expanding obese population. | <p>Fully expanded second edition </p><p>Chapters are written by experts in their fields </p><p>New knowledge in an evolving field is covered</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-1021-8 | Internal Medicine | Fritzsche | [NAME], University Medical Center Freiburg, Freiburg, Germany; [NAME], University of Rochester, Rochester, NY, USA; [NAME], University Medical Center Freiburg, Freiburg, Germany | Psychosomatic Medicine | An International Primer for the Primary Care Setting |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 307 | Hard cover | Book | I, 307 p. 16 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Primary Care Medicine | SCH51000 | MBPC | Internal Medicine | SCH33002 | MJ | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | What is Psychosomatic Medicine?.- Psychosomatic Medicine in Primary Care.- Objectives of Training in Psychosomatic Medicine in Primary Care.- Traditional Medicine and Psychosomatic Medicine.- The Doctor-Patient Relationship.- Doctor [NAME] Communication.- Family Medicine.- Balint Group.- Depressive Disorders.- Anxiety Disorders.- Somatoform Disorders.- Psycho-Oncology.- Psycho-Cardiology.- Acute and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD).- Addiction.- Systems Development of Behavioral Health in Primary Care.- The Development of Psychosomatic Medicine in China, Vietnam and Laos—The ASIA-LINK Program.- Psychosomatic Medicine and its Implementation in the Latin America Region.- Psychosomatic Medicine in Iran. | Psychosocial problems appear within a medical context worldwide, and are a major burden to health. Psychosomatic Medicine: An International Primer for the Primary Care Setting takes a uniquely global approach in laying the foundations of bio psychosocial basic care (such as recognizing psychosocial and psychosomatic problems, basic counseling and collaboration with mental health specialists) and provides relevant information about the most common mental and psychosomatic problems and disorders. The scope of the book is intercultural—it addresses global cultures, subcultures living in a single country and strengthening the care given by physicians working abroad.This clinically useful book outlines best practices for diagnosing the most common bio psychosocial problems and mastering the most common communication challenges (e.g. doctor-patient conversation, breaking bad news, dealing with difficult patients, family and health systems communication and collaboration). Every chapter integrates basic theoretical background and practical skills and includes trans-culturally sensitive material, important for work with patients from different cultures. Psychosomatic Medicine: An International Primer for the Primary Care Setting serves as an excellent resource for clinicians hoping to gain and develop knowledge and skills in psychosomatic medicine. | <p>Written for physicians and full of practical knowledge </p><p>Uniquely global perspective makes book useful across cultures </p><p>Contains Case Studies and Practical Tips</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0547-8 | Internal Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME], Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, MD, USA; [NAME], Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, MD, USA; [NAME], Brody School of Medicine at East Carolina University, Greenville, NC, USA | Integrative Weight Management | A Guide for Clinicians | Nutrition and Health |  | 1 | 2014 | 530 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 530 p. 46 illus., 27 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Clinical Nutrition | SCH33140 | MBNH3 | Nutrition | [NAME] | PSB | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Obesity Definition.- 2. Epidemiology of Obesity.- 3. Pathophysiology of Obesity and the Metabolic Syndrome: Animal Models.- 4. Pathophysiology of Obesity and the Metabolic Syndrome: Humans.- 5. The Role of the Gut Microbiota in Visceral Fat Inflammation and [NAME] Disorders.- 6. Assessment of the Obese Patient.- 7. [NAME] to a Growing Problem.- 8. Non-Alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease.- 9. Obesity and Cancer.- 10. Diabesity.- 11. Cardiovascular Complications of Obesity.- 12. Metabolic Support of the Obese Intensive Care Unit Patient.- 13. Obesity and its Impact Upon Quality of Life.- 14. Behavioral and Psychological-Based Therapies.- 15. Physical Activity for Obesity.- 16. Pharmacotherapy for Obesity.- 17. A critical review of FAD diets for weight loss-do they work?-  18. The Mediterranean Diet and the Metabolic Syndrome.- 19. Commercial Programs for Weight Control.- 20. Obesity, Inflammation and the Potential Application of Pharmaconutrition.- 21. Endoscopic Therapies for Weight Control.- 22. Surgical Management of Weight Control.- 23. Complications of [NAME] Surgery.- 24. Weight Management Centers and their Effectiveness for Obesity?- 25. Why Integrative Medicine for Weight Management?- 26. Preventive Medicine and Obesity. Prevention and Strategies for Maintenance.- 27. Dietary Supplements for Obesity and the Metabolic Syndrome.- 28. Obesity and the Stress Connection. Mind-Body Therapies for Weight Control.- 29. Traditional Chinese Medicine for the Treatment of the Metabolic Syndrome.- 30. An Integrative Approach to Eating Disorders.- 31. Religious, Cultural and Social Aspects of Eating.- 32. Patient-Centered Strategies for Effective Weight Management.- 33. Conclusions.   ​ | Integrative Weight Management: A Guide for Clinicians intends to educate physicians and nutritionists about the wide ranges of approaches to weight control from non-traditional sources. The options for weight management in conventional practices are limited to a small number of medications, a confusing array of dietary approaches and surgical procedures with their inherent risks and complications. Unfortunately medical practitioners are not exposed to nutrition and weight control principles during training and thus are reluctant to manage their patients weight control issues. This volume is structured into 4 sections: Introduction to Weight Management Disorders; Morbidity and Mortality of Obesity; Therapy of Obesity; and Integrative Medicine and Obesity. Integrative Weight Management: A Guide for Clinicians represents a powerful collaboration of dozens of leading experts in the fields of nutrition, weight management and integrative medicine who have managed countless numbers of patients and summarized the research from thousands of articles to create an up-to- date state of the art guide for healthcare practitioners, allied health professionals and public health authorities who manage those who are overweight/obese along with the associated metabolic consequences. | <p>Covers a wide range of approaches to weight control </p><p>Written by an expert panel of distinguished authors </p><p>Outlines therapeutic and integrative models of weight control</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4524-0 | Internal Medicine | Shearman | [NAME], Southampton General Hospital, Southampton, UK; [NAME], Nottingham University Hospitals Trust, [NAME], UK | The Foot in Diabetes | Pathways of Care |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 140 | Soft cover | Book | X, 140 p. 35 illus., 25 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 49.95 | Medicine & Public Health | Diabetes | SCH33045 | MJGD | Endocrinology | SCH33053 | MJG | Internal Medicine | Professional book | Springer London | Planned | 2014-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​​1. Epidemiology - Numbers, outcomes, change in demographics, cost.- 2. athophysiology of foot in diabetes – [NAME], effects on circulation, infections.- 3. Underlying causes of foot complications of diabetes.- 4. Infection and antibiotics.- 5. Early recognition of the foot at risk and prevention.- 6. Foot wear, orthotics and prosthetics.- 7. Diabetic Foot Protection Teams: the role of multidisciplinary team.- 8. Treatment of foot complications both in the community and secondary care.- 9. Principles of Emergency treatment.- 10. Management of arterial disease and re-vascularisation in diabetes.- 11. Management of neuropathy and Charcots neuroarthropathy.- 12. Wound treatment.- 13. The role of foot surgery.- 14. Amputation - when and how.- 15. Rehabilitation and treatment to avoid further problems. | ​Public and political concern about the increasing prevalence of diabetes has prompted major concern about treatment of patients with the condition. Foot complications are some of the commonest causes of hospitalisation of people with diabetes and if not treated well often lead to amputation. There is evidence that 85% of these amputations can be prevented by better understanding of the problem and by multi-disciplinary teams working more effectively together.  This has been recognised and NICE have recently published guidelines on diabetic foot complications as have Diabetes UK and NHS Diabetes. These have been successful in raising awareness of the problem but the local multi-disciplinary teams need clear practical advice on how to manage the foot in diabetes and deliver high quality care. With the current interest in improving outcomes for patients with foot complications this is an ideal time to make a practical evidence-based handbook available. This book will provide clear practical guidelines on how to manage all aspects of the foot in diabetes as well as an in-depth analysis of the most recent evidence. The book will be based on care pathways with algorithms for each section so it would be of practical value in any clinic in primary or secondary care. It will appeal to a wide range of health care professionals treating people with diabetes: vascular surgeons and trainees, orthopaedic surgeons, diabetes specialist nurses, podiatrists and tissue viability nurses.​ | ​A practical handbook based on care  pathways, with algorithms for each section  Each chapter is based on five key points and will include a brief introduction, a key facts section, clinical issues and clinical management section  Highly illustrated, with supplementary material on [NAME]  Further reading section at the end of each chapter | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0341-2 | Internal Medicine | Weir | [NAME], University of Maryland, Baltimore, MD, USA; [NAME], University of Illinois, Berwyn, IL, USA | [NAME] | Practical Guide to Management |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 438 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 438 p. 121 illus., 81 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Nephrology | SCH33126 | MJR | Internal Medicine | SCH33002 | MJ | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | With the increased prevalence of kidney transplantation, transplant recipients are being treated in a variety of clinical settings – often beyond the transplant center. There is a greater need for clinicians and allied healthcare professionals to have appropriate guidance on managing these patients. [NAME] offers the latest evidence-based information on the full range of dilemmas in the medical management of kidney transplant recipients before, during and after transplantation. Beginning with the selection of patients who are candidates for transplantation, this authoritative guide covers the care of the patient on the waiting list and evaluation of donors, preoperative care, induction and immunosuppression maintenance.  This wealth of new information and guidelines will serve as an important resource for the best possible care for transplant patients. | <p>Provides optimal management of medical and surgical issues in kidney transplantation recipients</p><p>Authoritative and up-to-date volume on an ever-changing topic</p><p>Authored by many key opinion leaders in the different areas of transplantation practice</p><p> </p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-7091-1604-3 | Neurology | [NAME] | [NAME], [NAME]. Res. Inst., Ann Arbor, MI, USA; [NAME], Kaiser-Franz-Josef-Spital Department of Neurology, [NAME], Austria; [NAME], Univ of Maryland School of Medicine Department of Neurology, Baltimore, MD, USA; [NAME], Medical University Innsbruck, Innsbruck, Austria | [NAME] of Neuromuscular Diseases | A Practical Guideline |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 316 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 316 p. 243 illus., 167 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Neurology | SCH36001 | MJN | Rehabilitation | SCH55006 | MQV | Neurology | [NAME] | Springer Vienna | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Principles of peripheral nerves.- Diagnostic tools.- Principles of peripheral nerve surgery.- Principles of nerve rehabilitation.- Pain.- Cranial nerves.- Roots.- Plexus.- Mononeuropathies.- Nerve tumours.- Polyneuropathies.- Conditions resembling mononeuropathies.- Neuromuscular transmission disorders.- Muscle.- Motor neuron diseases. | This atlas presents a comprehensive outline of neuromuscular diseases, written by respected American and European authors. It discusses all aspects of neuromuscular disorders including cranial and spinal nerves, motor neuron diseases, nerve plexus, peripheral nerves, mono- and polyneuropathies, entrapment syndromes, neuromuscular junctions, and muscle disease. Each chapter is structured into the following sections: anatomy, symptoms, signs, pathogenesis, diagnosis and differential diagnosis, therapy and prognosis. The diagnostic tools in neuromuscular disease are explained and practical guidelines are offered on how to advance from symptoms to syndromes. The therapeutic options for each disease are also described. In this new edition, the structure of the chapters has been reorganized and chapters on principles of peripheral nerves, nerve pain, nerve surgery and rehabilitation have been added. The current trend of increased use of imaging techniques such as US and MRI in the diagnosis and follow-up of neuromuscular disorders is also reflected. | <p>Quick and easy overview over the most common neuromuscular diseases by clear structure and outline approach</p><p><p>Numerous photos and illustrations help understand basic mechanisms and diagnostic results in neuromuscular disorders</p><p>Written by experienced authors from Europe and US</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-6379-4 | Neurology | [NAME] | [NAME], Alzheimer Center, Neurology Unit, University of Milan, Fondazione Ca’ Granda, [NAME], Milan, Italy; [NAME], Alzheimer Center, Neurology Unit, University of Milan, Fondazione Ca’ Granda, [NAME], Milan, Italy | Neurodegenerative Diseases | Clinical Aspects, Molecular Genetics and Biomarkers |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 282 | Hard cover | Book | X, 282 p. 15 illus., 9 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Neurology | SCH36001 | MJN | Neurosciences | SCB18006 | PSAN | Neurology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2014-06-02 00:00:00 |  |  | Genetics and Epigenetics: Basic Concepts.- Alzheimer’s Disease: Clinical Aspects and Treatments.- Autosomal Dominant Alzheimer’s Disease: Underlying Causes.- Genetic Risk Factors for Alzheimer’s Disease.- The Role of Cerebrovascular Disease in Cognitive Disease.- Non-genetic Risk Factors for Alzheimer’s disease.- Frontotemporal Lobar Degeneration: Genetics and Clinical Phenotypes.- Alzheimer’s Disease and Frontotemporal Lobar Degeneration: Mouse Models.- Cerebrospinal Fluid Biomarkers in Alzheimer’s Disease and Frontotemporal Dementia.- Biomarkers for Alzheimer’s Disease and Frontotemporal Lobar Degeneration: Imaging.- [NAME] Sclerosis: Genotypes and Phenotypes.- Uncommon Dementias.- Neurodevelopment Alterations, Neurodegeneration and Immunoinflammatory Patterns in the Pathophysiology of Schizophrenia.- Neurodegeneration and Multiple Sclerosis. | This book gives an overview of the current knowledge on the most common neurodegenerative diseases, including Alzheimer’s disease, frontotemporal lobar degeneration, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and additional neurodegenerative diseases. Different aspects of each disease are reviewed, including clinical issues, treatments, basic discoveries (genetics and molecular biology), and translation of basic research into biomarkers for early diagnosis. In addition, emerging data indicate that neurodegeneration seems to also be present in classically non-degenerative disorders. Therefore, a chapter about overlapping mechanisms between dementias and psychiatric disorders is included, as well as a description of the role of neurodegeneration in multiple sclerosis.Neurodegenerative Diseases is aimed at clinicians, particularly those working in academic hospitals. This multidisciplinary book will also be of interest to basic researchers in medical fields. | Covers clinical and genetic aspects, as well as biomarkers for early diagnosis and treatment<p>Translational (from bench to bedside) approach</p><p>Includes chapters on neurodegeneration in classically non-degenerative disorders</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5387-8 | Neurology | Garbarino | [NAME], Università di Genova, Genova, Italy; [NAME], Niguarda Hospital, Milan, Italy; Giovanni Costa, University of Milan, Milan, Italy | Sleepiness and Human Impact Assessment |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 329 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 329 p. 27 illus., 14 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Neurology | SCH36001 | MJN | Public Health | SCH27002 | MBN | Neurology | Monograph | Springer Milan | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Health Impact Assessment HIA.- Part I Regulation of Sleep and Circadian rhythms: Circadian and Light Effects on Human Sleepiness-alertness.- Neurophysiology of Sleep and Wakefulness.- Circadian and Homeostatic Regulation of Sleepiness, Cognition and Their Neuronal Underpinnings.- Part II Sleep, arousal and performance: Using mathematical models to predict sleepiness.- Part III Sleepiness and HuIA.- Health-related Quality of Life and Sleep Disorders among Special.- Errors and accidents.- Part IV Sleepiness and 24 h society: Life style and habits.- Stress and sleepiness in the 24-h Society.- Effects of CNS-drugs and alcohol on driving ability.- Endocrine brain: gender differences.- Shift and night work.- Industrial activities.- Transport and communications.- Police and Military.- Health care work.- Part V Sleepiness and pathology: Insomnia: Pathophysiology, clinical phenotypes and treatment options.- Parasomnias.- Brain and Breathing.- [NAME] and Sleepiness.- Restless legs syndrome/Willis-Ekbom disease.- Jet lag syndrome and Circadian disorders of the sleep-wake.- Neurologic disorders.- Cardiovascular disorders.- Psychiatric Disorders.- Pain, Cancer, Fibromyalgia, Gastrointestinal Disorders.- Part VI Sleep hygiene, [NAME] and Economic Impact: Sleep Hygiene.- Driving License.- Economic impact: social welfare.- Sleepiness Assessment. | The World Health Organization supports tools and initiatives in Health Impact Assessment to dynamically improve health and well-being across different sectors. Human Impact Assessment (HuIA) is a relatively new concept. It describes an integrated process that encompasses both Health Impact Assessment and Social Impact Assessment and is used to anticipate the effects of programs, projects and decisions on human health and welfare. Sleep occupies approximately one-third of our lives, but its human impact remains largely unrecognized. The prevalence of excessive sleepiness is recognized to be increasing in industrialized societies. Without doubt, sleepiness and fatigue have high costs in terms of both lives lost and socioeconomic impact. For example, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration estimates that up to 4% of all fatal crashes are caused by drowsy drivers and that as many as 100,000 deaths per year in the United States may be due to fatigue-related medical errors.Sleepiness and Human Impact Assessment provides a uniquely comprehensive exploration of many different facets of sleepiness in our 24-hour society from the new HuIA point of view. Among the covered issues are the physiology and pathophysiology of sleep, its relationship to daytime alertness, fatigue and drugs, the relevance of sleep-related fatigue in various occupational settings and public safety. This book will be of assistance to physicians, occupational health professionals, ergonomists, researchers and decision-makers as they strive to understand the full significance of sleepiness and to create a culture of accountability in everyday life without sleep-related risks. | <p>Explores many different facets of sleepiness from the new Human Impact Assessment (HuIA) point of view</p><p>Describes concepts and methods in detail and discusses the latest empirical findings</p><p>Will assist both researchers and decision-makers in investigating and addressing sleep-related risks</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-6400-5 | Neurology | García-Moncó | [NAME], Hospital de Galdakao-Usansolo, Galdacano, Spain | CNS Infections | A Clinical Approach |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 270 | Hard cover | Book | X, 270 p. 46 illus., 12 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Neurology | SCH36001 | MJN | Infectious Diseases | SCH33096 | MJCJ | Neurology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2014-06-12 00:00:00 |  |  | Lumbar Puncture and CSF Analysis and Interpretation.- Acute Community-Acquired Bacterial Meningitis.- Healthcare Acquired Meningitis/Ventriculitis.- Acute Viral Meningitis.- Acute Viral Encephalitis: Herpesviruses and Enteroviruses.- Tropical Viral CNS Infections.- Fungal Infection of the CNS.- CNS Tuberculosis and Other Mycobacterial Infections.- Parasitic Infections of the Central Nervous System.- Infections of the Spinal Cord.- The Human Borreliosis: Lyme Neuroborreliosis and Relapsing Fever.- Neurosyphilis.- Drug-Induced Aseptic Meningitis and Other Mimics.- CNS Infections in the Immunocompromised and in Patients with Cancer.- The Neurological Spectrum of HIV Infection. | This clinically oriented book covers selected infections of the central nervous system which are of considerable current interest. Aspects that are less well documented, such as spinal cord infections, central nervous system infections in patients with cancer, tropical infections, healthcare-associated ventriculitis or meningitis and immunological problems in the international traveler are also discussed, as these are all problems relevant to daily practice.CNS Infections: A Clinical Approach is of value to the busy clinician; the neurological international community as well as all primary care doctors, internal medicine specialists and residents who take care of patients with suspected neurological infections. | <p>Covers, amongst other topics, spinal infections, tropical infections, infection in travelers and infection mimics, as well as healthcare-associated ventriculitis or meningitis</p><p>Focuses on real clinical problems</p><p>Expert, international authorship</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-6364-0 | Neurology | Merello | [NAME], Universidad [NAME], Buenos Aires, Argentina; [NAME], University of Western Australia, Fremantle, Australia | Movement Disorders in Dementias |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 290 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 290 p. 17 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Neurology | SCH36001 | MJN | Psychiatry | SCH53003 | MMH | Neurology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | [NAME] and Parkinsonism, Lumping Together or Splitting Apart?.- Gait Disorders in Patients with Cognitive Impairment or [NAME] in Patients with Dementia.- Treatment of Parkinsonism in Patients with Non-Parkinson Dementia.- [NAME] of Alzheimer´s Disease overlapping with Parkinsonism: Depression, Apathy, Catatonia and Psychosis.- Drug-Induced Movement Disorders in Elderly Patients.- Scales for Measuring Parkinsonism in Demented Patients.- Movement Disorders in Alzheimer Disease.- Movement Disorders in Frontotemporal Dementia.- Dementia with Lewy Bodies.- Dementia in Parkinson's Disease and Atypical Parkinsonism.- Vascular Dementia and Parkinsonism.- Progressive Apraxia of Speech and Primary Progressive Aphasias.- Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus.- Movement Disorders in Infectious Dementias. | This book focuses on extrapyramidal signs and symptoms of all types of dementia, and addresses the issue of the artificial boundary between dementias and Parkinsonism, which represent the two most common symptoms found in degenerative central nervous system diseases.In Movement Disorders in Dementias, movement disorder specialists from around the world write on topics generally restricted to dementia experts. Important motor issues related to either medication in demented patients (drug-induced movement disorders) or manifestations common to all forms of dementia, regardless of underlying cause (gait disorders, falls, fear of falling), is followed by analysis of the relationship between motor and cognitive symptoms, from their common pathogenesis to specific medical treatments.[NAME] in Dementias is aimed at general neurologists, dementia specialists, movement disorders specialists, neuropsychologists and geriatricians. | <p>Describes motor manifestations common to all forms of dementia regardless of underlying cause</p><p>Describes important motor issues related to medication in demented patients</p><p>Details the relationship between motor and cognitive symptoms, from pathogenesis to medical treatments</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-017-8913-4 | Neurology | Scharfman | [NAME], New York University Langone Medical Center, Orangeburg, NY, USA; [NAME], Stanford University, Stanford, CA, USA | Issues in Clinical Epileptology: A View from the Bench |  | Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology | 813 | 1 | 2014 | 290 | Hard cover | Book | X, 290 p. 48 illus., 27 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Neurology | SCH36001 | MJN | Neurosciences | SCB18006 | PSAN | Neurology | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Foreword.- Part I Seizures, epileptiform activities and regional localization.- How can we identify ictal and interictal abnormal activity?- How can we translate “epileptiform” activity in vitro into something that is clinically relevant?- What is the importance of abnormal “background” activity in seizure generation?- What is a seizure [NAME] What is a seizure network? Very fast oscillations at the interface between normal and epileptic brain.-  What is a seizure network? Long-range network consequences of focal seizures.- Is there any such thing as “generalized” epilepsy?- Part II Synaptic plasticity.- Are there really “epileptogenic” mechanisms or only corruptions of “normal” [NAME] When and how do seizures kill neurons - and is cell death relevant to epileptogenesis?- How is homeostatic plasticity important in [NAME] Is plasticity of GABA ergic mechanisms relevant to epileptogenesis?- Do structural changes in GABA neurons give rise to the epileptic state?- Does mossy fiber sprouting give rise to the epileptic state?- Does brain inflammation mediate pathological outcomes in epilepsy?- Are changes in synaptic function that underlie hyperexcitability responsible for seizure activity?- Does epilepsy cause a reversion to immature function?- Are alterations in transmitter receptor and ion channel expression responsible for the epilepsies?- Part III Models and methods.- How do we assess the clinical relevance of models of mesial temporal lobe [NAME]How do we make models that are useful in understanding partial epilepsies?- What non-neuronal mechanisms should be studied to understand epileptic seizures?- What epilepsy comorbidities are important to model in the laboratory? Clinical perspectives.- Understanding epilepsy comorbidities: how can animal models help?- What new modeling approaches will help us identify promising drug treatments?- What are the arguments for and against rational therapy for epilepsy?- How can advances in epilepsy genetics lead to better treatments and cures?- How might novel technologies such as optogenetics lead to better treatments in epilepsy?. | This book is dedicated to Dr. [NAME]. The book has a novel format because it is not intended to be a set of reviews. Instead, it is an effort to explore important topics in the epilepsy research field. Because articles are written by leaders in the field who have years of experience and individuals with diverse expertise, articles are likely to have a long-lasting impact and be relevant for both epileptologists and neuroscientists. Authors address topics that are important, unresolved questions in the field of epilepsy research, drawing on available data from both the bench and the clinic to support their points. A given topic is addressed by one or more authors, each writing from his/her own unique perspective. For all of the individuals who have been trained or worked with Philip Schwartzkroin in the past and/or have appreciated his contributions to the epilepsy field, this volume is an excellent way to celebrate his achievements and look to the ways they have moved the field forward and continue to stimulate its growth. | <p>Discussion of current debates in epilepsy research</p><p>Authors are leaders in the field of epilepsy and neuroscience</p><p>Basic and clinical research opinions are combined</p><p>Content provides a perspective on past literature</p><p>Chapters suggest future directions in epilepsy research</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54686-0 | Neurology | ten Donkelaar | [NAME] Donkelaar, Radboud University Nijmegen Medical Center, Nijmegen, The Netherlands; [NAME], University Hospital Antwerpen, [NAME], Belgium; [NAME], Fukushimura Hospital, Toyohashi, Japan | Clinical Neuroembryology | Development and Developmental Disorders of the Human Central Nervous System |  |  | 2 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 550 p. 450 illus., 250 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | Neurology | SCH36001 | MJN | Neurosciences | SCB18006 | PSAN | Neurology | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Overview of the Development of the Human Brain and Spinal Cord.- Mechanisms of Development.- Causes of Congenital Malformations.- Neurulation and Neural tube Defects.- The Neural Crest and Craniofacial Malformations.- Development and Developmental Disorders of the Spinal Cord.- Development and Developmental Disorders of the Brain Stem.- Development and Developmental Disorders of the Human Cerebellum.- Development and Developmental Disorders of the Forebrain.- Development and Developmental Disorders of the Cerebral Cortex. | This book provides a comprehensive overview of the development of the human central nervous system (CNS) in the context of its many developmental disorders due to genetic, environmental, and hypoxic/ischemic causes. The introductory chapters give an overview of the development of the human brain and the spinal cord, the mechanisms of development as obtained in experimental studies of various invertebrates and vertebrates, and  the causes of congenital malformations. In the main part, the developmental disorders of the human brain and the spinal cord are presented in a regional, more or less segmental way, starting with neurulation and neural tube defects, and ending with developmental disorders of the cerebral cortex. These are underlined by carefully chosen clinical case studies, including imaging data and, when available, postmortem verification of the developmental disorders involved. Numerous color photographs and illustrations complement the text.This second edition emphasizes the prenatal diagnosis by ultrasound, MRI, and DTI and implements new classifications of developmental disorders. | <p>Extensively revised and updated new edition</p><p>Richly illustrated with color figures</p><p>Supplemented by clinical cases</p><p>Integrates data from human embryology, molecular studies of mice, and developmental neuropathology</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54358-6 | Neurology | Turgut | Dr. [NAME], Adnan Menderes University School of Medicine, Aydin, Turkey | Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System: Diagnosis and Treatment |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 360 | Hard cover | Book | XXIV, 360 p. 195 illus., 65 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Neurosurgery | SCH39000 | MNN | Neurology | SCH36001 | MJN | Neurosurgery | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-26 00:00:00 |  |  | Historical Aspects of Hydatidosis of Central Nervous system.- Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System in Mediterranean Countries and Middle East.- Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System in South America.- Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System in Central and Eastern Europe.- Clinical Manifestations of Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System.- Hydatidosis of the Skull.- Hydatidosis of the Brain.- Intraventricular Hydatidosis.- Hydatidosis of the Spinal Cord.- Hydatidosis of the Spine.- Laboratory Findings of Patients with Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System.- Imaging of Cerebral Hydatidosis Disease.- Imaging of Spinal Hydatid Disease.- In vivo Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy in Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System.- Surgical Treatment of Spinal Hydatidosis.- Surgical Treatment of Cerebral Hydatidosis.- Chemotherapy for Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System.- Complications of Cerebral Hydatidosis.- Complications of Spinal Hydatidosis.- Outcome and Follow-up of Patients with Cerebral Hydatidosis.- Outcome and Follow-up of Patients with Spinal Hydatidosis.- Unusual Presentations of Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System.- Cerebrovascular Occlusive Disease: Hydatidosis.- Hydatidosis of the Orbit.- Alveolar Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System.- Prevention and Control of Hydatidosis. | Hydatid disease, a zoonotic infection caused by a tapeworm of the genus Echinococcus, has been encountered in various organs in humans. In spite of all the advances in imaging techniques and therapeutic methods, hydatidosis of the central nervous system is still a life-threatening condition in infested areas of the world. This is the first comprehensive reference book on hydatidosis of the central nervous system. It is written and edited by leading international authorities from infested areas and provides an in-depth review of diagnosis and management. Clinical and neuroradiological findings are extensively documented with the aid of numerous original photographs and the role of surgical intervention and chemotherapy is carefully appraised. In addition, future avenues and innovative therapeutic philosophies are discussed. This book will serve as an ideal source of up-to-date information for all with an interest in this debilitating disease. | <p>First comprehensive reference book on hydatid disease of the central nervous system</p><p>Written by leading authorities from infested areas of the world</p><p>Detailed guidance on diagnosis and treatment</p><p>Includes at least 200 original photos</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-45194-2 | Oncology | Cuzick | [NAME], Wolfson Institute of Preventive Medicine Queen Mary University of London, London, UK; Mangesh Thorat, Wolfson Institute of Preventive Medicine Queen Mary University of London, London, UK | Prostate Cancer Prevention |  | Recent Results in Cancer Research | 202 | 1 | 2014 | 169 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 169 p. 11 illus., 4 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Oncology | SCH43008 | MJCL | Urology/Andrology | SCH62002 | MJS | Oncology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 | 2014-02-15 00:00:00 |  | Biology and natural history of prostate cancer.- Nutrition and prostate cancer.- Prostate cancer chemoprevention.- [NAME] and dietary factors.- GWAS in prostate cancer predisposition and application to screening and prevention.- Risk prediction biomarkers – CCP.- Risk prediction biomarkers - TMPRSS2-ERG.- Risk prediction biomarkers – PCA3.- Risk adapted chemoprevention for PCa.- Outlook for 5α reductase inhibitors in prostate cancer prevention.- Prostate cancer chemoprevention: Aspirin.- Prostate cancer chemoprevention: DFMO.- Prostate cancer chemoprevention: Lycopene.- Distinguishing aggressive from indolent prostate cancer.- Prognosis and Management of low grade disease - Management of Gleason 6.- Prostate cancer prevention: Policy & Research implications. | Prostate cancer is by far the most common cancer in men and the second leading cause of death due to cancer. It comprises a mixed group of tumours displaying varying clinical behaviour: while some have a very aggressive course, others are rather indolent. Prevention of prostate cancer and discrimination between aggressive and indolent forms are important clinical goals and the acquisition of significant new evidence on means of achieving these aims makes this book particularly timely. A wide range of topics are covered by leading authorities in the field. The biology and natural history of prostate cancer are reviewed and the role of lifestyle and dietary factors, assessed. Detailed attention is paid to risk prediction biomarkers and to the role of novel high-throughput nucleic acid-based technologies in improving risk prediction and thereby allowing tailored approaches to cancer prevention. Potential means of chemoprevention of prostate cancer are also reviewed in depth, covering the very positive new data on the impact of aspirin as well as evidence regarding 5α-reductase inhibitors, DFMO and lycopene. Guidance is provided on the differentiation of aggressive from indolent disease and the policy and research implications of recent findings are examined. This book will be of interest to both clinicians and researchers. | <p>Wide-ranging coverage of recent evidence on the prevention of prostate cancer, of interest for both clinicians and researchers   </p><p>Detailed discussion of risk prediction biomarkers</p><p>Evaluation of the potential role of various means of chemoprevention</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54489-7 | Oncology | Martens | [NAME], SLK-Kliniken [NAME] [NAME], Heilbronn, Germany | Small Molecules in Oncology |  | Recent Results in Cancer Research | 201 | 2 | 2014 | 515 | Hard cover | Book | V, 515 p. 46 illus., 26 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Oncology | SCH43008 | MJCL | Hematology | SCH3307X | MJF | Oncology | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Imatinib Mesylate.- Erlotinib.- Axitinib (AG-013736).- Lapatinib.- Sorafenib.- Sunitinib.- Dasatinib.- Nilotinib.- Bosutinib.- Decitabine.- Azacytidine/Azacitidine.- Bortezomib.- Temsirolimus.- Danusertib.- Vismodegib.- Everolimus.- Vemurafenib.- Vandetanib.- Trametinib.- Dabrafenib.- Ponatinib.- Regorafenib.- Cabozantinib.- Revlimid.- Ibrutinib.- Qizartinib.- Ruxolitinib.- Carfilzomib.- Afitinib. | Extensive research into the molecular mechanisms of cancer has heralded a new age of targeted therapy. The field of personalized cancer therapy is now growing rapidly, and the progress being made will result in significant changes in the treatment algorithms for cancer patients. Numerous novel targets that are crucial for the survival of cancer cells can be attacked by small molecules such as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors. This book, written by acknowledged experts, discusses in detail the most recent developments in targeted cancer therapy using small molecules. A wide range of small molecules is covered, including, in addition to tyrosine kinase inhibitors, mTOR, proteasome, and multikinase inhibitors, among others. For each molecule, aspects such as chemical structure, mechanism of action, drug targets, drug interactions, preclinical studies, clinical trials, treatment applications, and toxicity are discussed. | <p>Detailed coverage of the most recent developments in targeted cancer therapy using small molecules</p><p>Full discussion of preclinical studies, clinical trials, and treatment applications</p><p>Written by acknowledged experts<b></b></p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8291-8 | Oncology | Oyama | [NAME], Saku Central Hospital, Minamisaku, Japan; [NAME], Keio University School of Medicine Division of R&D for, Tokyo, Japan; [NAME], Hôpital Edouard Herriot, [NAME], France; [NAME], University Hospital Salzburg, Salzburg, Austria | Early Neoplasias in the Gastrointestinal Tract | Endoscopic Diagnosis and Therapeutic Decisions |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 246 | Hard cover | Book | 246 p. 450 illus., 420 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Gastroenterology | SCH33061 | MJH | Oncology | SCH43008 | MJCL | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer US | Planned | 2014-06-06 00:00:00 |  |  | [NAME] and Surveillance: Indications and Standards.- Endoscopic Detection and Analysis of Mucosal Neoplastic Lesions: Imaging techniques and diagnostic classification.- Histopathology of Early Mucosal Neoplasias: Morphologic carcinogenesis in the GI tract.- High-resolution Endoscopic Ultrasound: Clinical T staging of mucosal neoplasms.- Endoscopic resection: Diagnostic and curative resection of mucosal neoplasias.- Squamous cell lined esophagus and hypopharynx: Endoscopic Analysis of Mucosal Neoplasias.- Columnar Epithelium-Lined (Barrett´s) Esophagus: Endoscopic Analysis of Mucosal Neoplasias.- Stomach: Endoscopic Analysis of Mucosal Neoplasias.- Duodenum and [NAME]: Endoscopic Analysis of Mucosal Neoplasias.- Colorectum: Endoscopic Analysis of Mucosal Neoplasias.- Chronic Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Early mucosal neoplasias in remission of ulcerative colitis / Colitis Crohn. | Early Neoplasias in the Gastrointestinal Tract: Endoscopic Diagnosis and Therapeutic Decisions is an update of the current standards and newest skills in diagnostic endoscopy for neoplastic lesions of the upper and lower gastrointestinal tract. The volume defines strategies for detection and endoscopic assessment of small and minute early cancers and precursor lesions including the endoscopic and endosonographic criteria for submucosal invasiveness. The book provides the knowledge in novel magnifying endoscopic analysis of early neoplasias fundamental to differential indication on snare mucosectomy, endoscopic submucosal dissection, or surgical/laparoscopic full-wall resection. Differential indications and contraindications for each technique will also be specified.Comprehensive and authored by internationally renowned experts in the field, Early Neoplasias in the  Gastrointestinal Tract: Endoscopic Diagnosis and Therapeutic Decisions is a valuable resource that will improve the diagnostic skills of beginners as well as experienced endoscopists in endoscopic submucosal dissection. | <p>Useful to both beginning gastrointestinal endoscopists and experienced interventional endoscopists</p><p>Features numerous color illustrations and photographs</p><p>Authored by internationally renowned experts in the field</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04219-0 | Oncology | Stosor | [NAME] Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL, USA; [NAME], Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL, USA | Infectious Complications in Cancer Patients |  | Cancer Treatment and Research | 161 | 1 | 2014 | 511 | Hard cover | Book | X, 511 p. 18 illus., 13 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | Oncology | SCH43008 | MJCL | Infectious Diseases | SCH33096 | MJCJ | Oncology | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-02-28 00:00:00 |  |  | Host impairments in patients with neo plastic diseases.- Epidemiology of Infections in Cancer Patients.- Bacterial Pathogens.- Fungal Infections in Cancer Patients.- Advances in the Management of Viral Infections.- Neutropenic Fever and Sepsis: Evaluation and Management.- Respiratory Infections.- Enteric Infections.- Central Nervous System Infections in Cancer Patients and Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplant Recipients.- Dermatologic infections in cancer patients.- Infections in Patients with Leukemia and Lymphoma.- Infectious Complications of Stem Cell Transplantation.- [NAME] with Solid Malignancies.- Antimicrobial Agents, Drug Adverse Reactions and Interactions and the Cancer Population.- Infection Control and Prevention Considerations.- Prevention of Infection in Cancer Patients. | While advances in both the treatment of cancer and the management of its complications have led to significant improvement in patient survival, infections remain a significant cause of morbidity and mortality in patients with neo plastic disease. In this patient population, infection risk results from a complex interplay between the host’s underlying immunodeficiencies, local tumor effects and treatment-induced immunosuppression. New chemotherapeutic approaches and antimicrobial prophylaxis and treatment practices continue to shape the spectrum of infections in these patients. Clinicians who treat infections in cancer patients are continually challenged by the emergence of new pathogens and by the increasing antimicrobial resistance of established ones. The aim of this book is to emphasize unique aspects of management of infectious diseases in the cancer patient. With the increasing complexity of this patient population, optimal management requires a multidisciplinary approach and this fact is fully reflected in the contributions, all from recognized authorities in the field. Ultimately, it is hoped that this volume will assist specialists in infectious diseases and haematology/oncology in the diagnosis, management and prevention of infection and optimization of the overall care of patients with malignancies. | <p>Identifies unique aspects of the management of infectious diseases in the cancer patient </p><p>Aid to optimization of the overall care of patients with malignancies</p><p>Written by internationally renowned experts in the field</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54502-3 | Ophthalmology | Bandello | [NAME], University Vita-Salute Scientific Institute San Raffaele, Milano, Italy; [NAME], Rutgers University, Newark, NJ, USA; [NAME], University Vita-Salute Scientific Institute San Raffaele, Milan, Italy; Ilaria Zucchiatti, University Vita-Salute Scientific Institute San Raffaele, Milan, Italy | Clinical Strategies in the Management of Diabetic Retinopathy | A step-by-step Guide for Ophthalmologists |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 225 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 225 p. 101 illus., 76 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Ophthalmology | SCH44004 | MJQ |  |  |  | Ophthalmology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Risk factors, Epidemiology and Pathophysiology of Diabetic Retinopathy.- Non Proliferative Diabetic Retinopathy.- Proliferative Diabetic Retinopathy.- Diabetic Macular Edema.- Advanced Proliferative Diabetic Retinopathy. | With the advent of effective treatments for diabetic retinopathy (DR), a new era in the management of DR has been opened up. Amid the deluge of approved treatments and promising new strategies, however, clinicians may find it difficult to choose the appropriate practice in each individual case. The purpose of this easy-to-use and richly illustrated manual is to assist ophthalmologists in making decisions in the entire management of DR based on the best available evidence. Practical and complete recommendations are provided to guide clinicians in diagnosis, decision-making, and treatment. The manual includes practical algorithms and case histories relating to all stages of DR that clearly explain the progression of the disease and will help the clinician to choose the best therapeutic approach. It will be an ideal resource for ophthalmologists aiming to provide optimal clinical management for this sight-threatening disease. | <p>Practical guide summarizing evidence-based recommendations to support clinical decisions</p><p>Treatment algorithms that will assist in quick point of care choices</p><p>Well-illustrated case studies to help in optimal management of the different stages of the disease</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-0690-7 | Ophthalmology | [NAME] | [NAME], University of Nevada School of Medicine, Reno, NV, USA | Optic Nerve Disorders | Diagnosis and Management |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 400 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 400 p. 134 illus., 91 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Ophthalmology | SCH44004 | MJQ |  |  |  | Ophthalmology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2014-04-22 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Optic Neuritis.- 2. Ischemic Optic Neuropathies.- 3. Papilledema.- 4. Compressive and Infiltrative Optic Neuropathies.- 5. Traumatic Optic Neuropathies.- 6. Nutritional and Toxic Optic Neuropathies.- 7. Hereditary Optic Neuropathies.- 8. [NAME] 9. [NAME]. Approach to the Diagnosis and Differentiation of Glaucomatous and Nonglaucomatous Optic Neuropathies.- 11. Application of Optical Coherence Tomography in Neuro-Ophthalmic Disorders.- 12. The Use of Multifocal Electroretinograms and Multifocal Visual Evoked Potentials in Optic Nerve Disorders. | Optic Nerve Disorders: Diagnosis and Management, Second Edition, is a thoroughly revised and updated reference, including new information on diagnostic techniques such as genetic testing for hereditary optic neuropathies, new data on toxic/drug-related optic neuropathies and recent data from clinical trial studies. Additional novel therapies, including stem cell therapies, the use of nanotechnology and gene therapies are featured highlights, as is spectral domain optical coherence tomography (OCT) for imaging of the optic nerve. The way in which OCT is used in differentiating optic nerve disorders from other retinal disorders and how OCT is used in monitoring the course of the disease, is also discussed. This practical reference focuses on common optic nerve disorders. It addresses diagnosis, pathophysiology, management and prognosis and is written in a clear, concise style for quick, easy reference in the clinic. With additional color photographs to better illustrate the material, the second edition will prove to be the go-to reference for ophthalmologists, neurologists and neurosurgeons working with optic nerve disorders. | <p>Thoroughly revised and updated</p><p>Includes updated information on diagnostics techniques such as genetic testing for hereditary optic neuropathies, new data on toxic/drug-related optic neuropathies, low tension glaucoma and recent data from clinical trial studies</p><p>Highlights optical coherence tomography (OCT) for imaging of the optic nerve, how OCT is used in differentiating optic nerve disorders from other retinal disorders and how OCT is used in monitoring the course of the disease</p><p>Practical reference focusing only on common optic nerve disorders that address diagnosis, pathophysiology, management and prognosis</p><p>Written in a clear, concise style for quick, easy reference in the clinic</p><p>Extensive color and black-and-white illustrations</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54254-1 | Ophthalmology | Damato | [NAME], Royal Liverpool University Hospital Ocular Oncology Service, Liverpool, UK; [NAME], Cole Eye Institute Cleveland Clinic Foundation, Cleveland, OH, USA | Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology | Uveal Tumors |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 386 | Hard cover | Book | X, 386 p. 213 illus., 187 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Ophthalmology | SCH44004 | MJQ | Oncology | SCH43008 | MJCL | Ophthalmology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Examination Techniques.- Classification.- Diagnostic Techniques: Angiography.- Diagnostic Techniques: OCT.- Diagnostic Techniques: USG.- FNAB.- Other Biopsy Techniques.- Benign Melanocytic Tumors.- Uveal Melanoma: Epidemiologic Aspects.- Clinical Features.- Differential Diagnosis.- Histopathologic Features.- Molecular Pathology.- Iris Melanoma: Management Options.- Cilio Choroidal Melanoma: Management Options.- Thermotherapy.- Brachytherapy.- Proton Beam Radiotherapy.- Stereotactic Radiotherapy.- Resection Techniques.- COMS Results.- Prognostic Factors.- Prognostication Techniques.- Mortality.- Metastasis.- Uveal Vascular Tumors.- Uveal Neural Tumors.- Uveal Osseous Tumors.- Uveal Myogenic, [NAME] and Histiocytic Tumors.- Uveal Lymphoproliferative Tumors.- Uveal Metastatic Tumors.- Intraocular Manifestations of Hematopoeitic Disorders. | Written by internationally renowned experts, Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology provides practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. The book supplies all of the state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible. Using the information provided, readers will be able to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on all aspects of ophthalmic oncology, to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs, and to locate required information quickly owing to the clinically focused and user-friendly format. This volume, devoted solely to uveal tumors, explains the various diagnostic and biopsy techniques that may be used and describes the therapeutic options of potential value for different types of tumor. | <p>Practical guidance on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers</p><p>Numerous full-color photographs and illustrations that will facilitate diagnosis Detailed coverage of all management options</p><p>Written by internationally renowned experts</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54349-4 | Ophthalmology | Pleyer | Uwe Pleyer, [NAME], Berlin, Germany; [NAME] y Sanz, Vissum-Instituto Oftalmologico, Alicante, Spain; [NAME], Medical University of Vienna Laura Bassi Centre of Expertise, Vienna, Austria; [NAME], Pitié-Salpêtrière’s University Hospital, Paris, France; [NAME], University of Southern California Keck School of Medicine, Los Angeles, CA, USA | Immune Modulation and Anti-Inflammatory Therapy in Ocular Disorders | IOIS Guidelines |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 263 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 263 p. 54 illus., 38 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Ophthalmology | SCH44004 | MJQ |  |  |  | Ophthalmology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-25 00:00:00 |  |  | Basics.- Anterior Segment: Specific Disorders.- Post-Surgical Therapy.- Intraoccular Inflammation | These guidelines, compiled by a panel of clinicians and scientists with a high level of expertise, aim to provide readers with the most up-to-date and comprehensive instructions on the treatment and prevention of ocular inflammation. All of the recommendations are explicitly linked to supporting evidence and graded according to the strength of that evidence, and the editors have made every effort to ensure that chapters are of a consistently high methodological quality. The guidelines for each treatment include dose and the frequency and mode of delivery. Significant side-effects of treatment are identified and distinguished from those of the disease in question. Suggestions are presented for the prevention both of the disease itself and of the treatment-related complications. In addition, likely future directions in treatment and prevention are identified. These guidelines will be of great practical value for all clinicians and clinical scientists with an interest in the subject. | <p>Most up-to-date and comprehensive instructions on the treatment and prevention of ocular inflammation</p><p>All recommendations graded according to the strength of supporting evidence</p><p>Includes suggestions for identifying and preventing treatment side-effects</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-540-69464-9 | Ophthalmology | Puech | [NAME], CHRU de Lille Hôpital B,  Lille CX, France; [NAME], Gent University Hospital, Gent, Belgium; [NAME], Moorfields Eye Hospital, London, UK | Inherited Chorioretinal Dystrophies | A Textbook and Atlas |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 429 | Hard cover | Book | X, 429 p. 424 illus., 334 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Ophthalmology | SCH44004 | MJQ | Human Genetics | SCB12008 | MFN | Ophthalmology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Investigations.- Introduction to molecular genetics and genetic testing for retinal dystrophies- Electrophysiological testing.- Dark adaptation.- Fluorescein angiography.- ICG angiography.- Fundus autofluorescence in retinal dystrophies.- Spectral-domain optical coherence tomography in hereditary retinal dystrophies. Inherited Retinal Dystrophies.- Inherited stationary disorders of the retina.- Retinitis pigmentosa and allied disorders.- Leber congenital amaurosis.- Retinitis punctata albescens.- Usher Syndromes.- Cone and Cone-rod dystrophies.- Enhanced S-Cone syndrome.- Chorioretinopathies: Choroideremia and gyrate atrophy.- Late onset retinal degeneration.- [NAME] Disease.- Bestrophinopathies.- Retinal dystrophies associated with the PRPH2 gene.- Alström syndrome.- [NAME] syndrome.- Cohen syndrome.- Juvenile neuronal ceroid lipofuscinosis ([NAME] disease.- Abetalipoproteinemia.- LCHAD deficiency.- Jalili syndrome.- Spinocerebellar ataxia.- Dominant cystoid macular dystrophy.- Autosomal dominant [NAME]-like macular dystrophy (ELOVL4). - Spastic paraplegia and retinal degeneration. [NAME] Autosomal dominant drusen.- Cuticular drusen.- Extensive macular atrophy with pseudodrusen-like appearance (EMAP).- Congenital hypotrichosis with juvenile macular dystrophy.- Mitochondrial retinopathies.- Sorsby fundus dystrophy.- Bietti crystalline corneoretinal dystrophy.- Cystinosis.- Oxalosis.- Alport syndrome.- X-linked retinoschisis.- Paramacular choriocapillaris atrophy.- Exudative vitreoretinopathy.- Stickler syndrome.- Wagner syndrome.- Incontinentia pigmenti Type II (IP2).- Ganglion cell disease.- Pseudoxanthoma elasticum.- Aicardi Syndrome.- Chorioretinal dysplasia-microcephaly-mental retardation syndrome (Azial-Dufier syndrome).- Alagille syndrome.- Future therapies for retinitis pigmentosa. | This lavishly illustrated atlas provides indispensable information to clinicians, geneticists and visual scientists working with inherited retinal diseases. It is filled with high-quality images, up-to-date genetic information and comprehensive electrophysiology. The data for each individual disorder have been summarised in an accessible, reader-friendly format for easy reference. The illustrations include colour fundus photographs, fluorescein angiograms, OCT scans, electrophysiological studies and pedigrees. The editors and authors are well-known experts in the field and have drawn upon their extensive experience to produce this unique atlas. | <p>Provides clear clinical descriptions of the inherited chorioretinal dystrophies</p><p> </p><p>Describes the functional repercussions of these diseases</p><p> </p><p>Presents up-to-date information on their genetic basis</p><p> </p><p>Written by renowned experts in the field</p><p> </p><p>Lavishly illustrated with unique and rare illustrations</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-4-431-54299-5 | Ophthalmology | Saika | [NAME], Wakayama Medical University School of Medicine, Wakayama, Japan; [NAME], [NAME] of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT, USA; [NAME], Lens Research Laboratory The University of Sydney, Sidney, NSW, Australia | Lens Epithelium and Posterior Capsular Opacification |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 240 p. 60 illus., 30 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Ophthalmology | SCH44004 | MJQ | Molecular Medicine | SCB1700X | MBGR | Ophthalmology | Contributed volume | Springer Japan | Planned | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Preface by Editor and co-editors [NAME], [NAME], [NAME]    PARTⅠ:BASIC SCIENCE  .- Chapter1. Lens epithelial morphogenesis. [NAME]   .- Chapter 2. Biology of lens epithelial cells. [NAME]   .- Chapter 3. Lens capsule (synthesis and remodeling; MMPs). [NAME]   .- Chapter 4. Growth factor signaling in lens epithelial proliferation. [NAME], [NAME]   .- Chapter 5. Growth factor signaling in lens fiber differentiation. [NAME], [NAME]   .- Chapter 6. Lens-specific transcription factors: implications for congenital cataract.  ([NAME] and [NAME])   .- Chapter 7. Lens regeneration. (Panagiotis Tsonis)   .- Chapter 8. Lens EMT: Fibrosis in the lens. [NAME]   .- Chapter 9. Lens EMT: Wound healing in lens epithelial cells. [NAME]   PartⅡ: CLINICAL SCIENCE -PATHOLOGY- .- Chapter 10. Histology of PCO. [NAME]   .- Chapter 11. PCO rates in a large series of human eyes obtained postmortem. [NAME]   PartⅢ: CLINICAL OUTCOMES .- Chapter 12. Natural course of [NAME] pearl formation and disappearance. [NAME]   .- Chapter 13. Effect of PCO on the visual function in eyes implanted with different IOLs. [NAME]   PARTⅣ: SURGICAL METHODS FOR PCO PREVENTION .- Chapter14. Effect of anterior capsule polishing on PCO. [NAME]   .- Chapter15. Sealed capsule irrigation and PCO prevention. [NAME]   .- Chapter16. Laser photolysis system and PCO prevention. Nick Mamalis   PARTⅤ: INTRAOCULAR LENSES/DEVICES AND PCO .- Chapter17. PCO prevention: IOL material versus IOL design. [NAME]   .- Chapter18. Capsular biocompatibility of different IOLs in eyes with and without associated conditions. [NAME]   .- Chapter19. Capsular bending ring to prevent PCO. [NAME]   .- Chapter20. PCO prevention with endocapsular equator rings. [NAME]   .- Chapter21. PCO prevention with IOL maintaining an open or expanded capsular bag. [NAME]   .- Chapter22. Prevention of PCO with the Bag-in-the-lens. Marie-José Tassignon   .- Chapter23. Microincision IOLs and PCO. [NAME]   PARTⅥ: SPECIAL CASES .- Chapter24. PCO and the pediatric eye. Abhay Vasavada | Posterior capsular opacification (PCO) remains the most common long-term complication of modern cataract surgery, occurring months or years after cataract surgery, unlike most other complications that tend to occur during or soon after the procedure. Opacification of the posterior capsule appears to be linked to lens epithelial cells that are left behind in the eye during cataract removal. These cells proliferate, migrate across the posterior lens capsule and undergo changes that result in  fibrous or pearl-type opacities in the capsule.   This book is the first to summarize the current knowledge of the cell biology of lens epithelial cells in relation and the development of PCO. The first section of the text explains the molecular mechanism and biology of lens epithelial cells, which lead to incidents of PCO. In the second part, in addition to a description of the mechanism and pathological condition of PCO, surgical methods and devices for preventing PCO are discussed in detail.   Lens Epithelium and Capsular Opacification will benefit not only young clinical residents and junior researchers, but also established faculty in the clinical or basic academic field. | Describes the pathobiology of posterior capsular opacification and the molecular mechanism of lens epithelial cells as closely interconnected factors  Outlines surgical approaches to prevent posterior capsular opacification   Each chapter is written by internationally respected authors who are leaders in their respective fields | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54448-4 | Ophthalmology | [NAME] | [NAME], Uppsala University Hospital, Uppsala, Sweden; [NAME], [NAME], Recklinghausen, Germany | Complications During and After Cataract Surgery | A Guide to Surgical Management |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 500 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XX, 500 p. 519 illus., 467 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Ophthalmology | SCH44004 | MJQ |  |  |  | Ophthalmology | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Basics.- Equipment.- Planning for Surgical Complications.- General Surgical Techniques.- General Surgical Techniques.- Special Surgical Techniques with the Phaco Machine.- Special Surgical Techniques with the Vitrectomy Machine.- Surgical Pearls.- Materials and Companies.- Compilation of all Tips and Tricks. ​ | Every cataract surgeon is afraid of complications, but while complications cannot be entirely avoided, it is possible to learn to master them. This practical handbook clearly explains how to manage the various complications that may arise during cataract surgery, from a subluxated intraocular lens to a dropped nucleus. It provides the surgeon with clear instructions on how best to proceed in the manner of a cookbook, by first describing the ingredients (equipment) and preparation (planning) and then providing step by step descriptions of technique with the aid of numerous helpful color illustrations and several accompanying surgical videos. Surgical pearls and tips and tricks are highlighted. Using this book, the reader will become a better and more complete cataract surgeon, well equipped to cope with the full range of potential complications. | <p>Step by step descriptions of procedures to manage complications of cataract surgery</p><p>Coverage of a wide range of potential complications</p><p>Pearls and Pitfalls</p><p>Numerous helpful drawings and color photos​</p><p>Numerous surgical videos</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5306-9 | Orthopedics | Castoldi | [NAME], Mauriziano-Umberto I Hospital, Turin, Italy; [NAME], Mauriziano-Umberto I Hospital, Turin, Italy; [NAME], Mauriziano-Umberto I Hospital, Turin, Italy | Simple and [NAME] of the Humerus | A Guide to Assessment and Treatment |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 340 | Hard cover | Book | XXVI, 340 p. 199 illus., 134 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Orthopedics | SCH45000 | MNS | Sports Medicine | SCH58005 | MMS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Monograph | Springer Milan | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | PART 1 Proximal humerus: 1 Main anatomy.- 2 Understanding the Fracture.- 3 Operating theatre setup.- 4 Closed reduction principles.- 5 Surgical Approaches.- 6 Percutaneous fixation: when and how.- 7 ORIF in three-/four-part fractures.- 8 Intramedullary nail rationale and surgical technique.- 9 Anatomical shoulder arthroplasty.- 10 Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty.- 11 Surgical neck fracture.- 12 The tuberosities.- 13 Malunions of the tuberosity.- 14 Nerve injuries.- 15 Fracture dislocations.- 16 Treatment of the sequelae.- 17 Conservative treatment.- PART 2 The diaphysis: 18 Surgical anatomy.- 19 Radial palsy and humerus fractures.- 20 Internal Fixation: plate or IM Nail.- 21 External fixation.- 22 Periprosthetic fracture.- PART 3 Distal Humerus: 23 Surgical anatomy.- 24 Surgical approaches and fracture pattern.- 25 Internal fixation principles.- 26 Prosthesis.- 27 External fixation when and how.- 28 Malunion and non union.- 29 Terrible triad. | The treatment of humeral fractures is a complex issue and the source of considerable controversy. In the case of fractures of the proximal humerus, early range of motion is the main aim of treatment. If a fracture modifies the anatomy or function of the glenohumeral and scapulothoracic joints, the surgeon must adhere meticulously to treatment principles in order to ensure a satisfactory outcome. Humeral shaft fractures are frequent, accounting for 1% to 3% of all fractures in adults; while excellent functional results have been reported with nonoperative management, open reduction and internal fixation is preferred in specific clinical settings. In contrast, intra-articular fractures of the distal humerus are frequently complex and full functional recovery is difficult to achieve.This volume clearly explains the concepts that are central to an understanding of humeral fractures from the proximal to the distal tip. Indications for different forms of treatment, including nonsurgical, are presented in detail, and all of the commonly used fixation techniques are described with the help of high-quality illustrations. Further important aspects such as complications, rehabilitation, and treatment of sequelae are also fully considered. This book will be an invaluable and comprehensive aid for all surgeons who treat humeral fractures. | <p>Explains key concepts relating to anatomy and humeral fractures</p><p>Presents treatment indications in detail</p><p>Describes all commonly used fixation techniques </p><p>Discusses complications and their treatment </p><p>Includes numerous high-quality illustrations</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-2-8178-0522-1 | Orthopedics | d'Hooghe | Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe, Aspetar Hospital, Doha, Qatar; Gino [NAME], Academic Medical Centre Amsterdam University of Amsterdam, Amsterdam, The Netherlands | The Ankle in Football |  | Sports and Traumatology |  | 1 | 2014 | 211 | Hard cover | Book | X, 211 p. 122 illus., 90 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Orthopedics | SCH45000 | MNS | Sports Medicine | SCH58005 | MMS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer Paris | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Anatomy of the Ankle.- Interview 1: [NAME] – Real Madrid ( Player).- Epidemiology & Mechanisms of Ankle Pathology in Football.- Interview 2: Dr [NAME] – First Team Dr. FC Barcelona.- Prevention of Ankle Injuries.- Interview 3: [NAME] – Referee.- Ankle Ligament Lesions.- Interview 4: Jan Wouters – Active Coach.- Osteochondral Defects in the Ankle Joint.- Interview 5: [NAME] – Veteran Coach.- Anterior Ankle Impingement.- Interview 6: Eva Blewanus – Female Sports Physiotherapist.- Posterior Ankle Impingement.- Interview 7: [NAME] – Football Scout.- [NAME], Including Avulsion Fractures.- Interview 8: [NAME] – Female Player.- Fifth Metatarsal Stress Fractures in Football.- Acute [NAME] Rupture.- Achilles Tendinopathy.- Peroneal and Posterior Tibial Tendon Pathology.- The Footballer’s Inlay Sole: An Individualized Approach.- Rehabilitation After Ankle Football Injuries.- Taping Techniques and Braces in Football.- Ankle Osteoarthritis in Former Elite Football Players: What Do We Know?. | This book creates a unique platform that covers main ankle pathologies specifically related with football. Experiences from professional players have been combined with evidence-based medical content from renowned experts in the field to present a comprehensive picture on ankle injuries in football. Worldwide, ankle injuries present a high burden for sports medicine physicians, physiotherapists, players and coaches in and around the football pitch. This book contains updated content for both medical and nonmedical individuals involved with football. | <p>Covers all main ankle pathologies, specifically related to football</p><p>With contributions by international experts</p><p>Provides experiences from professional players</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4899-7420-4 | Orthopedics | Diduch | [NAME], University of Virginia School of Medicine, Charlottesville, VA, USA; [NAME], Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO, USA | Sports Hernia and Athletic Pubalgia | Diagnosis and Treatment |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 206 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 206 p. 158 illus., 109 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Sports Medicine | SCH58005 | MMS | Orthopedics | SCH45000 | MNS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer US | Available | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 | 2014-02-21 00:00:00 |  | ​Sports Hernia - Anatomy: What Is a Sports Hernia?- Epidemiology of Groin Injuries in Athletes.- Differential Diagnosis of Groin Pain in Athletes.- Hip Pathology That Can Cause Groin Pain in Athletes: Diagnosis and Management.- The Role of Femoroacetabular Impingement in the Etiology of Athletic Pubalgia and Sports Hernias.- Hip Dysplasia.- Sports Hernia - History and Physical Examination: Making the Diagnosis with Confidence.- Imaging of Athletic Groin Pain.- The Role of the Team Physician and [NAME], Including Non-Operative Management.- The Open, All-Suture Repair Technique for the Treatment of Athletic Pubalgia.- Surgical Treatment of Sports Hernia: Open Mesh Approach.- Surgical Treatment of Sports Hernia: Laparoscopic Approach.- Surgical Treatment of Sportsman's Groin: The Minimal Repair Technique (Muschaweck-Repair).- Sportsman's Groin and the Inguinal Ligament Release Procedure.- [NAME] and the Role of Adductor Tenotomy for Groin Pain in Athletes.- Ancillary Modalities in the Treatment of Athletic Groin Pain.- Rehabilitation and Return to Activity Following Sports Hernia Surgery. | Sports hernias are an increasingly recognized problem in athletics, presenting a challenge for team physicians and other health care providers regarding their diagnosis and management. Confusion is magnified by the various treatment methods that exist, both surgical and non-surgical.Sports Hernia and Athletic Pubalgia is the first text devoted solely to the topic of sports hernia and will examine its etiology and diagnosis, as well as how to differentiate it from other problems involving the athlete’s hip area and other injuries it often correlates and interacts with, such as femoroacetabular impingement. It covers all current approaches to treatment, from open approaches to minimally invasive approaches, and discusses rehabilitation and return to play. Comprised of contributions from an international array of expert clinicians and thought leaders, this is the immediate authoritative book on the subject of sports hernias. | <p>First book of its kind to deal specifically with sports hernia and athletic pubalgia</p><p>Focuses on assessment and current approaches to treatment of sports hernia, including differentiation from other hip injuries</p><p>Includes an international cast of contributors considered experts in their fields</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-1595-4 | Orthopedics | [NAME] | [NAME], University of Mississippi, Jackson, MS, USA | [NAME] and Elbow Arthroscopy | A Practical Surgical Guide to Techniques |  |  | 2 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | 550 illus., 250 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Orthopedics | SCH45000 | MNS | Surgical Orthopedics | SCH45027 | MNS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Planned | 2014-06-06 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This fully revised and updated follow-up to Dr. [NAME] [NAME] has expanded its scope to include arthroscopy techniques of the elbow in addition to the wrist. This practical guide covers fundamental topics, such as arthroscopic anatomy and the proper evaluation of wrist and elbow pain, along with advanced discussions of electrothermal shrinkage, arthroscopy of the thumb and small joints of the hand, and specific diagnoses for an array of common injuries. Current minimally invasive procedures are described in detail, including management of carpal instability, arthroscopic proximal row carpectomy, arthroscopic knotless [NAME] repair, arthroscopic SLIC screw for scapholunate instability, and arthroscopic fixation intra-articular fractures of the hand. Tips and tricks are highlighted that make implementing new techniques easier. A companion DVD supplements the text by showing step-by-step how key surgical procedures are performed. | Fully revised and updated edition.  Covers fundamental topics in arthroscopic anatomy and evaluation of wrist and elbow pain.  Current minimally invasive procedures are described in detail | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38113-3 | Orthopedics | Geweniger | [NAME], [NAME], Mühltal/Trautheim, Germany; [NAME], POLESTAR Europe, Köln, Germany | Pilates − A Teachers’ Manual | Exercises with [NAME] and Equipment for Prevention and Rehabilitation |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 310 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 310 p. 781 illus., 454 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Physiotherapy | SCH55022 | MQS | Sports Medicine | SCH58005 | MMS | Rehabilitation Medicine | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Introduction.- 2 History.- 3 The Pilates Concept.- 4 Pilates as Preventative Exercise: Foundations.- 5 The Exercises.-  6 Class Formats.-  7 Therapeutic Pilates: Fundamental Principles.- 8 Therapeutic Pilates: Applications.- 9 Therapeutic Pilates: Clinical Conditions/Patient Examples.- 10 Pilates and Motor Learning.-  11 General and Specialized Instruction.- 12 Formal Basis for the Implementation of Pilates Training. | The Pilates book for professionals: Background information and extensive practical knowledge on using the Pilates approach in prevention and therapy. The foundations include, among others, the 'Pilates Principles' (Breathing, Centering, Flow, Precision, Concentration, Control and Coordination). The extensive praxis part presents all techniques and exercises (mat and equipment training) with detailed photos of movement sequences and with precise instructions and explanations of each exercise. Class plans provide concrete suggestions for the design of course units with prevention orientation and patient examples illustrate treatment procedures and therapeutic effects of the Pilates approach for different symptoms. - A must-have for all Pilates professionals: teachers, trainers, physiotherapists. | <p>The first English-language specialist book on the Pilates method in prevention (“Pilates Studio”) and physiotherapy (“Pilates for Rehabilitation”)</p><p>Detailed instructions for mat and equipment training </p><p>50 essential mat exercises, clearly illustrated in over 400 color photographs</p><p>Pilates in rehabilitation: with numerous concrete treatment examples <b></b></p><p>With a total of over 780 color illustrations<b></b></p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-0099-8 | Orthopedics | MacKenzie | [NAME], Hospital for Special Surgery, New York, NY, USA; [NAME], Hospital for Special Surgery, New York, NY, USA; [NAME], Hospital for Special Surgery, New York, NY, USA | Perioperative Care of the Orthopedic Patient |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 402 | Hard cover | Book | XXIV, 402 p. 53 illus., 21 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Orthopedics | SCH45000 | MNS | Sports Medicine | SCH58005 | MMS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Preoperative Conditions.- General Principles and Practices of Perioperative Medicine.- The Prevalence of Disabling Musculoskeletal Conditions and the Demand for Orthopedic Surgery in the 21st Century.- The Connective Diseases: The Rheumatologist's Perspective.- The Pathophysiologic Events of Total Joint Replacement Surgery.- Part II: Anesthesiological Management.- Anesthesiology in the Orthopedic Patient.- Pediatric Anesthesia for Orthopedic Surgery.- Anesthetic Techniques and Their Clinical Application for Specific Orthopedic Procedures.- The Role of the Post-Anesthesia Care Unit in the Perioperative Care of the Orthopedic Patient.- Postoperative Pain Management in the Orthopedic Setting.- Part III: Medical Management in Specific Clinical Settings.- Perioperative Care of the Orthopedic Patient with [NAME] Disease.- Perioperative Care of the Orthopedic Patient with Cardiac Disease.- Perioperative Care of the Orthopedic Patient with Chronic Pulmonary Disease.- Perioperative Care of the Orthopedic Patient with Renal Disease.- Perioperative Care of the Orthopedic Patient with Diabetes Mellitus.- Perioperative Care of the Orthopedic Patient with Gastrointestinal and Liver Issues.- Perioperative Care of the Orthopedic Patient with Neurological Disease.- Perioperative Care of the Orthopedic Patient with Psychiatric Disease.- Part IV: Specific Perioperative Problems in Orthopedic Surgery.- Perioperative Care of the Elderly Orthopedic Patient.- [NAME] and Orthopedic Surgery.- Coagulation Disorders and Orthopedic Surgery.- Perioperative Nutrition in the Orthopedic Surgical Patient.- Infection and Perioperative Orthopedic Care.- Risk and Benefits of Bilateral Total Knee Replacement Surgery.- Compartment Syndrome and [NAME]: Diagnosis and Management.- Bone Health and Orthopedic Surgery.- Perioperative Care of the [NAME] and [NAME] Patient.- Management of Blood Products in Orthopedic Surgery.- Part V: Role of Allied Services.- Professional Nursing Practice in the Orthopedic Care Setting.- The Approach to Physical [NAME] Surgery.- Quality Improvement in the Perioperative Orthopedic Setting.- Introduction of Clinical Pathways in Orthopedic Surgical Care: The Experience of the Hospital for Special Surgery.- Ethical Considerations in Perioperative Orthopedic Medicine. | Written by experts at the top-ranked Hospital for Special Surgery in New York, Perioperative Care of the Orthopedic Patient is a comprehensive, multidisciplinary manual providing preoperative considerations, postoperative complications, and guidelines for the anesthetic and medical management of patients undergoing orthopedic surgery. Beginning with chapters covering preoperative evaluations and general principles and practices of perioperative medicine, the book then considers anesthesiologic management in orthopedic surgery and the role of postoperative pain management. This is followed by a section on medical management in specific clinical settings, discussing patients with connective tissue disease, cardiac disease, chronic pulmonary and renal diseases, diabetes and psychiatric and neurological diseases. A fourth section covers specific perioperative problems in orthopedic surgery, such as care of the elderly patient, venous thromboembolism, infection, nutrition, compartment syndrome, and bone health. Finally, the role of allied services, quality improvement and ethics are highlighted, and selected case studies are included to illustrate real-world perioperative issues and management strategies in orthopedic surgery. A comprehensive yet concise reference, Perioperative Care of the Orthopedic Patient will be an invaluable resource for orthopedic surgeons, sports medicine specialists and any professional involved in orthopedic surgery. | <p>A comprehensive, multidisciplinary text providing the most up-to-date evidence in the field of perioperative care for the orthopedic patient, written by experts at the top-ranked Hospital for Special Surgery </p><p>A concise reference source for orthopedic surgeons, with chapters covering preoperative considerations, anesthesiologic management, specific clinical settings and perioperative problems, and the role of allied services</p><p>The editors are leaders in their field for perioperative care</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4899-7426-6 | Orthopedics | Philbin | [NAME], [NAME] and Ankle Center, Westerville, OH, USA | Sports Injuries of the Foot | Evolving Diagnosis and Treatment |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 224 | Hard cover | Book | X, 224 p. 139 illus., 94 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Sports Medicine | SCH58005 | MMS | Orthopedics | SCH45000 | MNS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer US | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | On Field and Clinic Assessment.- Sports MRI Imaging.- Turf Toe.- Bunions in Athletes.- Hammertoes and MTP Instability in the Athlete.- Fractures of the Fifth Metatarsal.- Mid foot Injuries.- Navicular Fractures.- Stress Fractures of the Foot and Ankle.- [NAME]/Fasciosis.- The Female Athlete.- Common Orthopedic Foot Issues in the Pediatric Athlete.- Sports Foot Orthoses.- Rehab Back to Sports. | Sports Injuries of the Foot is the go-to text for the management and treatment of foot injuries in athletes, demonstrating the current state-of-the-art techniques in assessment, testing and treatment. Organized anatomically beginning with the toes and working down the foot, it covers such common athletic injuries as turf toe, bunions, MTP instability and mid foot and navicular fractures, all in the context of athletic activity. Attention is also given to special considerations for the adolescent and female athlete, with an eye toward return to play. Written by clinicians for clinicians, it will be an invaluable resource for orthopedists, podiatrists, team physicians, athletic trainers and primary care providers alike. | <p>Encompasses the current assessment, tests and treatment for athletic injuries to the foot </p><p>Illustrates state-of-the-art approaches to athletic foot injuries from toe to heel, with attention to the female, pediatric and adolescent athlete </p><p>Brings together contributions from top athletic foot practitioners, including orthopedists, physical therapists, team physicians and podiatrists</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54609-9 | Orthopedics | Rayan | [NAME], INTEGRIS Baptist Medical Center, Oklahoma City, OK, USA; [NAME], [NAME], MA, USA | Congenital Hand Differences and Associated Syndromes |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 500 p. 300 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Orthopedics | SCH45000 | MNS | Imaging / Radiology | SCH29005 | MMPH | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2014-05-20 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: Limb Development.- Classification of Congenital Hand Differences.- Epidemiology of Congenital Hand Differences. Tumors/Disseminated: Multiple enchondromas.- Multiple osteochondromas.- Multiple neurofibromas.- Vascular malformations.- Congenital joint contracture.- Congenital joint laxity/instability. Elbow: Radial head dislocation.- Elbow synostosis. Forearm/Wrist: Radial deficiency.- Ulnar deficiency.- Phocomelia (segmental deficiency).- Amelia / hemimelia (transverse deficiency, congenital amputation).- [NAME] / Rhizomelia.- [NAME] dimelia (mirror [NAME] synostosis. Hand: Cleft hand.- Congenital ulnar drift (Windblown hand).- Brachymetacarpia. Thumb: Thumb hypoplasia.- Triphalangeal thumb.- Preaxial (radial) polydactyly.- Congenital clasped thumb. Digits: Clinodactyly.- Syndactyly.- Brachydactyly.- Macrodactyly.- Postaxial (ulnar) polydactyly.- Five-fingered hand.- Congenital middle finger in palm.- Symbrachydactyly.- Camptodactyly.- Arachnodactyly.- Congenital nail dysplasia. Miscellaneous: Amniotic constriction band. | Physicians often have only partial knowledge of common congenital hand and upper extremity anomalies and their associated syndromes. Surgeons typically find these syndromes to be abstruse and congenital hand conditions can represent an enigma even to pediatric geneticists. This book is designed to serve as a practical, up-to-date reference that will enable practitioners and students in a variety of disciplines to easily recognize the most common congenital upper extremity anomalies and syndromes. In total, 37 congenital upper extremity anomalies and 124 syndromes are discussed. Salient and common presenting features are described in detail and illustrated with the aid of high-quality digital color photographs whenever possible. In addition, relevant background information is included on such aspects as prevalence, etiology, pathogenesis and findings elsewhere in the body. | <p>Clearly organized practical reference describing and illustrating the 33 most common upper extremity anomalies and 100 associated syndromes</p><p>Includes more than 300 high-quality digital color photographs</p><p>Provides background information on aspects such as prevalence, etiology, pathogenesis and findings elsewhere in the body</p><p>A ready source of information for practitioners and students in a variety of disciplines</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-7091-1171-0 | Otorhinolaryngology | Erovic | [NAME], Medical University of Vienna, Vienna, Austria; [NAME], [NAME], Austria | Manual of Head and Neck Reconstruction Using Regional and Free Flaps |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 270 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 270 p. 230 illus., 227 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Head and Neck Surgery | SCH46015 | MN | Oral and [NAME] | SCH59060 | MMDS | Otorhinolaryngology | Professional book | Springer Vienna | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  | worldwide |  | Ablative tumor surgery of the head and neck region often results in severe cosmetic and functional deformities. In these cases, microvascular free-tissue transfer enables three-dimensional reconstruction of head and neck defects. The selection of adequate donor tissue and a profound knowledge of the human anatomy and the various harvesting techniques are paramount in ensuring successful reconstruction.Reflecting current surgical approaches, this book presents the most frequently used flaps in head and neck surgery, including detailed overviews as well as their respective pearls and pitfalls. Moreover,  each section contains a synopsis and pre-operative checklist.  The overlay-technique merges high-quality-photographs with drawings and precisely illustrates the step-to-step descriptions of the different flap harvesting techniques, making this manual in pocket size an unique and accessible reference for both doctors in training and specialists in the field of otolaryngology, head and neck, plastic, maxillofacial and skull base surgery. | <p>Comprehensively explains harvesting techniques of the most important flaps in head and neck reconstruction</p><p>Provides step-to-step descriptions supplemented with illustrative photographs and drawings</p><p>Consistent, easy-to-navigate structure helps readers find specific information quickly</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-4-431-54760-0 | Otorhinolaryngology | [NAME] | [NAME], National Institute of Sensory OrgansNational Tokyo Medical Center, [NAME], Japan | Vertigo and [NAME] in Children |  | Modern Otology and Neurotology |  | 1 | 2014 | 86 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 86 p. 62 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Otorhinolaryngology | SCH46007 | MJP | Neurology | SCH36001 | MJN | Otorhinolaryngology | Monograph | Springer Japan | Available | 2014-02-28 00:00:00 | 2014-02-10 00:00:00 |  | Introduction  .- 1 History. 1.1 Flurent (France) 1.2 Ewald (Germany) 1.3 Magnus (Germany) 1.4 Andres-Thomas (France) 1.5 Tadashi Fukuda (Japan)   .- 2 Basic Science. 2.1 Embryology of semicircular canal and otolithic organs 2.2 Developmental physiology of vestibular organs 2.3 Pathophysiology of vestibular organs 2.4 Blood brain barrier & Blood inner ear barrier   .- 3 Evaluation. 3.1 Rotation chair 3.2 Caloric test 3.3 VEMP   .- 4 Development of balance and motor function. 4.1 Development of balance and motor function 4.2 Postural control 4.3 Abnormal development of righting reflex postural control and balance   .- 5 Clinical medicine –Disease of Vestibular organs. 5.1 Vertigo in infants and children 5.2 Meningitis 5.3 Intoxication 5.4 Inner ear malformation 5.5 Cochlear implant and related problems   .- 6 Pediatric Neurology. 6.1 Benign paroxysmal vertigo 6.2 Cerebral plasy 6.3 Deafness gene or vestibular failure gene 6.4 Low birth weight 6.5 Chromosome aberration 6.6 Others | Many congenitally deaf infants and children suffer vestibular failure, which produces problems with their postural control, locomotion and gait. However it is known that these children can eventually catch up with their normal balance control status in terms of development and growth as a result of central vestibular compensation. In Vertigo and [NAME] in Children the author provides comprehensive and integrative information on the vestibular system. The materials presented range from the history of its study, basic anatomy and physiology of vestibular organs, mechanism of balance and motor function development, to clinical aspects of vestibular disorders including their evaluation and pediatric neurology. Although there have been books discussing postural responses of infants and children with vestibular disorders, this is the first to present the influence of peripheral vestibular disorders and central vestibular compensation comprehensively. This book will benefit not only practitioners in this field such as pediatric otolaryngologists, pediatricians, child neurologists and neurologists, but also clinical specialists such as neonatologists, physical therapists and speech therapists, helping them to better care for patients with vestibular failure. | <p>Covers key topics in pediatric vestibular failures from the mechanism to clinical treatments </p><p>Describes in detail the clinical applications of the VEMP (vestibular evoked myogenic potential), Caloric Test and Rotation Chair method for an in-depth understanding of the evaluation of vestibular disorders </p><p>Addresses the needs of those working in various fields of such as pediatric otolaryngology, audiology, neurology, neonatology and rehabilitation</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-05112-3 | Otorhinolaryngology | Leder | [NAME], Yale School of Medicine, New Haven, CT, USA; [NAME], University of Central Arkansas, Conway, AR, USA | The Yale Swallow Protocol | An Evidence-Based Approach to Decision Making |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 156 | Soft cover | Book | VIII, 156 p. 4 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Otorhinolaryngology | SCH46007 | MJP | Speech Pathology | SCH55049 | MMZL | Otorhinolaryngology | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Building a Foundation and Defining Terms.- 2. [NAME]:  Differentiating a Screen from a Diagnostic Tool.- 3. [NAME] for a Successful and [NAME] Screen.- 4. Development of a Programmatic Line of Research for Swallow Screening for Aspiration Risk: The First Step.- 5. Development of a Protocol: Why You Need More Than Just an Isolated 3-Ounce Water Swallow Challenge.- 6. Generalizing the Yale Swallow Protocol to Different Patient Populations: Time to Change.- 7. Recommending Specific Oral Diets Based on Passing the Yale Swallow Protocol.- 8. Yale Swallow Protocol Administration and Interpretation: Passing and Failing.- 9. Implementation of the Yale Swallow Protocol by Other Health Care Professionals.- 10. Question: What about silent aspiration? Answer: Silent aspiration is volume-dependent.- 11. In Support of Use of the Yale Swallow Protocol: Longer-Term Success of Diet Recommendations and Oral Alimentation.- 12. Final Thoughts.- 13. The Yale Swallow Protocol Administration Forms. | The Yale Swallow Protocol is an evidence-based protocol that is the only screening instrument that both identifies aspiration risk and, when passed, is able to recommend specific oral diets without the need for further instrumental dysphagia testing. Based upon research by [NAME]. [NAME] and [NAME], an easily administered, reliable and validated swallow screening protocol was developed and can be used by speech-language pathologists, nurses, otolaryngologists, oncologists, neurologists, intensivists and physicians assistants. In addition, the protocol can be used in a variety of environments, including acute care, rehabilitation and nursing homes. The Yale Swallow Protocol meets all of the criteria necessary for a successful screening test, including being simple to administer, cross-disciplinary, cost effective, acceptable to patients and able to identify the target attribute by giving a positive finding when aspiration risk is present and a negative finding when aspiration risk is absent. Additionally, early and accurate identification of aspiration risk can significantly reduce health-care costs associated with recognized prandial aspiration. | <p>Only book of its kind to discuss a screening instrument that both identifies aspiration risk and when passed, is able to recommend specific oral diets without the need for further instrumental dysphagia testing</p><p>Written for speech-language pathologists, nurses, otolaryngologists, oncologists, neurologists, intensivists and physicians assistants</p><p>Discusses all of the criteria necessary for a successful screening test, including being simple to administer, cross-disciplinary, cost effective, acceptable to patients, among others</p><p>Written and developed by leaders in the field</p><p>Totally evidence-based with all information supported by peer-reviewed published research</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0430-3 | Pathology | Antic | Tatjana Antic, University of Chicago, Chicago, IL, USA; [NAME], NorthShore University HealthSystem, Chicago, IL, USA | [NAME] | An Integrative Approach To Cytopathologic Diagnosis |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 69 | Hard cover | Book | X, 69 p. 14 illus., 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Pathology | SCH4800X | MMF | Laboratory Medicine | SCB15007 | MBGL | Pathology | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to Renal Neoplasms and Clinical Relevance.- Normal Kidney.- Benign Renal Epithelial and Mesenchymal Neoplasms and their Mimics.- Renal Cell Carcinoma: Occurrence and Classification.- [NAME] and the Variants.- Other Malignant Neoplasms of the Kidney Including Metastatic Lesions. | Renal Neoplasms: An Integrative Approach to Cytopathologic Diagnosis provides a comprehensive review of cytology and all the morphologic correlates, including their respective limitations, related to a broad spectrum of renal neoplasms with special emphasis on cyto-histo correlation. The book also discusses related usual radiologic appearances, gross features and possible targeted therapies where appropriate. The volume features an integrated approach that provides step-by-step guidance in the morphologic evaluation of renal neoplasms. Furthermore, all chapters are written by experts who deal with this type of specimen in their daily practice and have insights into the pathology as well as the clinical aspects of these tumors.Illustrated with high quality color microphotographs and formatted for ease of use in the lab, [NAME]: An Integrative Approach to Cytopathologic Diagnosis is a helpful guide to everyday pathology practice, especially for pathologists who rarely encounter this type of specimen. | <p>Provides step-by-step guidance in the morphologic evaluation of renal neoplasms</p><p>Written by experts in this field</p><p>Illustrated with high quality color microphotographs</p><p>Formatted for ease of use in the lab</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0442-6 | Pathology | Erickson | [NAME], Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, MN, USA | Atlas of Endocrine Pathology |  | Atlas of Anatomic Pathology |  | 1 | 2014 | 215 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 215 p. 500 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Pathology | SCH4800X | MMF | Endocrinology | SCH33053 | MJG | Pathology | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Thyroid Histology.- Thyroiditis.- Graves Disease (Diffuse Hyperplasia).- [NAME] Goiter.- [NAME] Carcinoma.- Hyalinizing Trabecular Tumor.- [NAME] Neoplasms.- Hurthle Cell Thyroid Neoplasms.- Poorly Differentiated Thyroid Carcinoma.- Anaplastic Thyroid Carcinoma.- Tumors of C Cells.- Unusual Thyroid Tumors.- Metastases to Thyroid.- Parathyroid Histology.- Parathyroid Hyperplasia.- Parathyroid Adenoma.- Parathyroid Carcinoma.- Parathyromatosis.- Metastases to Parathyroid.- Adrenal Gland Histology.- Adrenal Cysts.- Adrenal Cortical Hyperplasia.- Adrenal Cortical Adenoma.- Adrenal Cortical Carcinoma.- Adrenal Myelolipoma.- Pheochromocytoma and Adrenal Medullary Hyperplasia.- Ganglioneuroma and Neuroblastoma.- Unusual Adrenal Tumors.- Metastases to the Adrenal Gland. | Atlas of Endocrine Pathology provides a comprehensive compendium of photomicrographs of common and uncommon entities in endocrine pathology. The volume includes histologic features of normal features, reactive conditions, hyperplasia and tumors. The most helpful diagnostic features are illustrated to provide direction and clues to the diagnosis of endocrine tumors. Furthermore, photomicrographs highlight the most pertinent diagnostic features in problematic diagnoses in endocrine pathology.Authored by a nationally and internationally recognized pathologist, [NAME] of Endocrine Pathology is an important learning tool for those becoming familiar with the diverse entities encountered in endocrine pathology and a valuable reference for practicing pathologists faced with challenging diagnoses in endocrine pathology. | <p>Authored by a nationally and internationally recognized pathologist</p><p>Features visual diagnostic criteria with detailed figure legends</p><p>A quick reference guide for the diagnosis of usual and unusual diseases</p><p>Supplemented with special study images</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4899-7395-5 | Pathology | Erozan | [NAME], Department of Pathology, Baltimore, MD, USA; [NAME], University of California, Irvine, [NAME], CA, USA | Pulmonary Cytopathology |  | Essentials in Cytopathology | 15 | 2 | 2014 | 217 | Soft cover | Book | XI, 217 p. 159 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Pathology | SCH4800X | MMF | Laboratory Medicine | SCB15007 | MBGL | Pathology | Professional book | Springer US | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. [NAME] and Processing.- 2. Normal Components.- 3. Hyperplasia, [NAME] and Metaplasia.- 4. Respiratory Infections.- 5. Other Non-Neoplastic Conditions.- 6. Benign Neoplasms.- 7. [NAME]. [NAME] Malignancies.- 9. Metastatic Tumors. | The Essentials in Cytopathology book series fulfills the need for an easy-to-use and authoritative synopsis of site specific topics in cytopathology. These guide books fit into the lab coat pocket and are ideal for portability and quick reference. Each volume is heavily illustrated with a full color art program, while the text follows a user-friendly outline format.This new edition of [NAME] is fully updated and expanded providing more detailed discussion of the role of new techniques such as EUS needle biopsy and specific issues of adequacy assessment. The section on subclassification of poorly-differentiated non-small cell carcinomas has been expanded to include accuracy of diagnosis in small samples, the new classification of adenocarcinoma and NSCC, currently-used ancillary techniques; i.e., immunohistochemistry, molecular/genetic techniques and therapeutic applications. Molecular techniques have been added as needed for targeted therapy. The text and illustrations have been expanded throughout. | <p>Published in Essentials in Cytopathology book series</p><p>Fully revised and expanded Second Edition</p><p>Concise and easy to use</p><p>Fits in lab coat pocket</p><p>All illustrations are in full color</p><p>Illustration oriented accompanied by text in outline format<b></b></p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-62703-997-0 | Pathology | Gopinath | [NAME], Consultant in Toxicology & Pathology, , UK; [NAME], Huntingdon Life Sciences, , UK | Atlas of Toxicological Pathology |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 273 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 273 p. 718 illus., 661 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Pathology | SCH4800X | MMF | Pharmacology/Toxicology | SCB21007 | MMG | Pathology | [NAME] | Humana Press | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | The Cardiovascular System.- The Respiratory System.- The Liver.- The Alimentary System and Pancreas.- The Urinary System.- The Male Reproductive System.- The Female Reproductive System.- The Endocrine System.- The Lymphoid System.-  The Nervous System.- The Musculoskeletal System and Skin.- The Eye and Ear. | This atlas contains more than 700 illustrations that the authors have collected over the years as well as references and information pertaining to recently developed drug classes, including biologics. It is a useful bench reference for practicing pathologists and may also be used as a reference text by other experts from related fields. The atlas is organised into different chapters based on systemic pathology. Each chapter has illustrations with legends, and the atlas includes some rare examples of unique lesions found during toxicity studies over many years. | <p>Features over 700 illustrations</p><p>Covers the vastly expanded field of toxicological pathology</p><p>Provides a useful reference for practicing pathologists</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0726-7 | Pathology | Netto | [NAME], Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD, USA; [NAME], Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA, USA | [NAME] in Pathology |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 718 | Hard cover | Book | 718 p. 82 illus., 77 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | Pathology | SCH4800X | MMF | Oncology | SCH43008 | MJCL | Pathology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Current [NAME]: Platforms and Reporting Considerations.- Emerging Next Generation Sequencing Technologies.- Transcriptome Sequencing (RNA-Seq).- miRNA Expression Assays.- Circulating Tumor Cells: Enrichment and Genomic Applications.- Circulating Cell-free DNA for Molecular Diagnostics and Therapeutic Monitoring.- Genomic Pathology: Training for New Technology.- Implementation of Genomic Sequencing Assays.- Regulatory and Reimbursement Issues in Genomic Testing.- Patents and Proprietary Assays.- Ethical Issues in Clinical Genetics and Genomics.- Transitioning Discoveries from Cancer Genomics Research Laboratories into Pathology Practice.- Bioinformatics Tools in Clinical Genomics.- Next Generation Sequencing for Single Gene Analysis.- Next Generation Sequencing for Gene Panels.- Implementation of Exome Sequencing Assays.- Implementation of Genome Sequencing Assays.- Clinical Information Systems in the Era of Personalized Medicine.- Reporting Clinical Genomic Assay Results and the Role of the Pathologist.- Genomic Applications in [NAME] Oncology.- Genomic Applications in Brain Tumors.- Genomic Applications in Head and Neck Cancers.- Genomic Applications in Breast Carcinoma.- Genomic Applications in Pulmonary Malignancies.- Genomic Applications in Colorectal and Pancreatic Tumors.- Molecular Pathology of Genitourinary Cancers: Translating the Cancer Genome to the Clinic.- Genomic Applications in Gynecologic Malignancies.- Genomic Applications in Epithelial Ovarian Malignancies.- Genomic Applications in Soft Tissue Sarcomas.- Genomic Applications in Inherited Genetic Disorders.- Genomic Applications in Pharmacogenomics.- Sequencing Cell Free DNA in the Maternal Circulation to Screen for Down Syndrome and Other Common Aneuploidies.- Genomic Applications in the Clinical Management of Infectious Diseases. .​ | [NAME] in Pathology provides a state-of-the art review of the scientific principles underlying next generation genomic technologies and the required bioinformatics approaches to analyses of the daunting amount of data generated by current and emerging genomic technologies. Implementation roadmaps for various clinical assays such as single gene, gene panels, whole exome and whole genome assays are discussed together with issues related to reporting, including the pathologist’s role in interpretation and clinical integration of genomic tests results. Genomic applications for site-specific solid tumors and hematologic neoplasms are detailed, as well as genomic applications in pharmacogenomics, inherited genetic diseases, and infectious diseases. The latest iteration of practice recommendations and guidelines in genomic testing, put forth by stakeholder professional organizations such as the Association for Molecular Pathology  and the College of American Pathologists, are also discussed in the volume, as well as regulatory issues and laboratory accreditation related to genomic testing.Written by experts in the field, [NAME] in Pathology provides a comprehensive resource that is of great value to practicing molecular pathologists, hematopathologists, other subspecialized pathologists, general pathologists, pathology trainees, oncologists, and geneticists.​ | <p>Review the scientific principles underlying next generation genomic technologies and required bioinformatics approaches </p><p>Presents implementation roadmaps for various single gene, gene panels, whole exome and whole genome assays</p><p>Written by experts in this field</p><p>Provides practice recommendations and guidelines in genomic testing ​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54052-3 | Pathology | Russo | [NAME], Children's Hospital Philadelphia Dept. Pathology, Philadelphia, PA, USA; [NAME], Children's Hospital Philadelphia Dept. Pathology, Philadelphia, PA, USA; [NAME], Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, PA, USA | Pathology of Pediatric Gastrointestinal and Liver Disease |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 725 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 725 p. 313 illus., 294 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149 | Medicine & Public Health | Pathology | SCH4800X | MMF | Gastroenterology | SCH33061 | MJH | Pathology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | GI Tract: Developmental anatomy and anomalies of the GI tract.- Esophageal disorders in [NAME] and gastropathies.- Malabsorption and protracted diarrhea.- Chronic inflammatory bowel disorders.-  Motor disorders.-  Polyps and tumors of the GI tract.- Liver, Biliary Tree & Pancreas: Developmental anatomy and congenital anomalies of the liver, gallbladder, and extrahepatic biliary tree.- Diseases of the extrahepatic biliary tree and gallbladder.- Intrahepatic cholestatic disorders in infancy and childhood.- Hepatic disorders in childhood.- Metabolic disorders.- Hepatic Tumors.- Disorders of the pancreas. | Pathology of Pediatric Gastrointestinal and Liver Disease provides the pediatric pathologist, the GI or general pathologist, and the pediatric gastroenterologist with the most complete and current reference on the subject. With an emphasis on clinical-pathological correlation, the book includes in-depth discussions on disorders and issues that are frequently encountered but for which up-to-date information is often not readily available, as well as infrequent disorders unique or specific to children that are not covered in standard texts. Among the topics considered are malabsorption and motility disorders, immunodeficiencies, including AIDS, developmental malformations, food allergies, cystic diseases of the liver, hepatic tumors, and esophageal and pancreatic disorders. Many new illustrations and electron micrographs are included in this edition, and the high-quality endoscopic and radiographic images permit ready correlation with the pathologic principles under discussion. | <p>Comprehensive and up-to-date reference on the pathology of pediatric gastrointestinal and liver disease for both pathologists and clinicians</p><p>Emphasis on clinical-pathological correlation</p><p>Superbly illustrated, with the inclusion of many new images</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-02978-8 | Pediatrics | [NAME] | [NAME], [NAME] Harefield Hospital, London, UK | Clinician's Manual on Cystic Fibrosis |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 80 p. 40 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Pneumology/Respiratory System | SCH33134 | MJL | Pediatrics | SCH49006 | MJW | Internal Medicine | Handbook | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2014-04-18 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Pathophysiology.- Clinical features.- Diagnosing CF.- Symptom control in CF.- Disease-modifying therapy in [NAME] | Clinician’s Manual on Cystic Fibrosis is a concise review, which discusses pathophysiology, clinical features, diagnosis, symptom control, and standard and emerging disease-modifying therapies. The text will be adapted for the global audience based on the Clinical Guidelines: Care of Children with Cystic Fibrosis by the Royal Brompton Hospital. Busy healthcare professionals who want a quick review of diagnostic and staging guidelines as well as a summary of current therapies for cystic fibrosis will benefit from this succinct guide. | <p>A concise pocketbook of clinically-focused text on cystic fibrosis aimed at pulmonologists and pediatricians to provide an up-to-date survey of the field</p><p>Easily accessible text, tables, and images reviews the critical clinical trials, giving readers a fast synopsis of key studies and available treatment options</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-03505-5 | Pediatrics | Deeg | Karl-Heinz Deeg, [NAME], Bamberg, Germany; [NAME], [NAME] GmbH Klinik für Kinderheilkunde/Jugendmedizin, Bayreuth, Germany; [NAME], Universitätskinderklinik Tübingen Abt. [NAME], Tübingen, Germany | [NAME] in Infancy and Childhood |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 739 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 739 p. 710 illus., 653 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 399 | Medicine & Public Health | Ultrasound | SCH29064 | MMPF | Pediatrics | SCH49006 | MJW | Radiology | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Physical and technical basics of Doppler sonography.- Cerebral [NAME] sonography in infancy.- Transcranial cerebral [NAME] sonography  in [NAME] of the thyroid and of the soft tissue of face and neck.- [NAME] sonography of normal abdominal vessels.- [NAME] sonography of the liver.- [NAME] sonography of the spleen.- [NAME] sonography of the pancreas.- Doppler sonography of the mesenteric circulation and bowel.- [NAME] of the adrenal gland.- [NAME] sonography of the testes.- [NAME] sonography of the ovaries.- [NAME] sonography of soft tissue and vascular malformations.- Influence of congenital heart malformations on flow parameters in peripheral arteries.​ | This book covers the full range of current applications of [NAME] sonography in infancy and childhood, describing the variety of potential findings with the aid of a wealth of images. After an introductory chapter on the physical and technical basis of [NAME] sonography, applications of cerebral [NAME] sonography in infancy and of transcranial [NAME] sonography in childhood are addressed, with numerous examples of imaging appearances. The major part of the book is devoted to [NAME] sonography of the brain, face and neck and of the abdomen, covering normal abdominal vessels, liver, spleen, pancreas, and mesenteric and renal circulation. Imaging of the ovaries and testes is also presented, encompassing the differential diagnosis of acute scrotum and other space-occupying lesions of the testis. The book closes by considering [NAME] sonography of soft tissue and vascular malformations, and the influence of congenital heart malformations on flow parameters in peripheral arteries. [NAME] in Infancy and Childhood will be an invaluable reference for pediatricians, neonatologists, pediatric sonographers, and pediatric and general radiologists. | <p>Equips readers to interpret [NAME] sonographic images obtained in infants and children</p><p>Describes findings with the aid of a wealth of high-quality illustrations</p><p>Covers the full range of applications</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0448-8 | Pediatrics | [NAME] | [NAME], Erasmus Medical Center, [NAME], The Netherlands | Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition | A Practically Painless Review |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 189 | Soft cover | Book | XVIII, 189 p. 3 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Pediatrics | SCH49006 | MJW | Gastroenterology | SCH33061 | MJH | Pediatrics | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | The Bilirubin Pathway.- Selected Gastroenterology Topics.- General Gastroenterology Question and Answer Items.- General [NAME] and Nutrition Question and Answer Items. | Often, information in review books can raise as many questions as it answers. This interferes with the study process, because the learner must either look up additional information or skip ahead without truly comprehending what he or she has read. As an alternative, Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition: A Practically Painless Review presents bite-size chunks of information that can be read and processed rapidly, helping learners to stay active while studying and to pick up new information the first time they read it. This book's question and answer format allows for self-testing or study with a partner or a group. The format also facilitates dipping into the book during a few minutes of downtime at the hospital or office. Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition: A Practically Painless Review is a quick and easy way to master these tricky topics and is suitable for those studying for the pediatric board exam, practicing physicians brushing up their skills and any busy clinician who wants to learn more about these topics while on the go. | <p>Hundreds of review questions and answers</p><p>Helpful for board exam review or casual self-testing on unfamiliar topics</p><p>Easy-to-digest, bite-size bits of information</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0580-5 | Pediatrics | [NAME] | [NAME], Erasmus Medical Center, [NAME], The Netherlands | Pediatric Genetics and Inborn Errors of Metabolism | A Practically Painless Review |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 190 | Soft cover | Book | X, 190 p. 3 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Pediatrics | SCH49006 | MJW | Metabolic Diseases | SCH33118 | MFGM | Pediatrics | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Genetic Concepts and Terminology.- Selected Genetics Topics.- General [NAME] and Answer Items.- General Inborn Errors of Metabolism Question and Answer Items. | Often, information in review books can raise as many questions as it answers. This interferes with the study process, because the learner must either look up additional information or skip ahead without truly comprehending what he or she has read. As an alternative, Pediatric Genetics and Inborn Errors of Metabolism: A Practically Painless Review presents bite-size chunks of information that can be read and processed rapidly, helping learners to stay active while studying and to pick up new information the first time they read it. This book's question and answer format allows for self-testing or study with a partner or a group. The format also facilitates dipping into the book during a few minutes of downtime at the hospital or office. Pediatric Genetics and Inborn Errors of Metabolism: A Practically Painless Review is a quick and easy way to master these tricky topics and is suitable for those studying for the pediatric board exam, practicing physicians brushing up their skills and any busy clinician who wants to learn more about these topics while on the go. | <p>Hundreds of review questions and answers</p><p>Helpful for board exam review or casual self-testing on unfamiliar topics</p><p>Easy-to-digest, bite-size bits of information</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4899-7435-8 | Pediatrics | Klein | [NAME], University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, TX, USA | Bone Drugs in Pediatrics | Efficacy and Challenges |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 322 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 322 p. 45 illus., 28 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Endocrinology | SCH33053 | MJG | Orthopedics | SCH45000 | MNS | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer US | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Introduction.- Developmental Pharmacokinetics: Drug Disposition Relative to Age.- Drug Development for Pediatric Diseases with Bone Loss.- Pediatric Bone Physiology and Monitoring Safety and Efficacy of Bone Drugs in Children.- Bisphosphonates in Osteogenesis Imperfecta.- Use of Bisphosphonates in Genetic Diseases Other Than Osteogenesis Imperfecta.- Bisphosphonates in Pediatric Burn Injury.- Growth Hormone and Bone.- Growth Hormone and Oxandrolone in Burned Children.- Pediatric Bone Drugs: Calcium and Vitamin D.- Pediatric Maxillofacial Conditions and Drugs.- Newer Adult Bone Drugs.- Conclusion: Whither (or Wither?) the Pharmacology on Pediatric Bone?. | Bone Drugs in Pediatrics brings together in one place the evidence for the use of certain drugs in the treatment and prevention of bone loss in children, as well as the reservations still present in the pediatric community regarding their use. Beginning with a discussion of developmental pharmacokinetics and drug development for pediatric diseases where bone loss occurs, such as osteogenesis imperfecta, the physiology of pediatric bone and how best to monitor the safety and efficacy of these drugs is presented. The pros and cons of utilizing the drugs themselves – such as bisphosphonates, antiresorptives and anabolic agents – within the pediatric population are carefully considered, with an eye toward safe and effective integration. The potential use of drugs in future treatment is also highlighted. On the whole, Bone Drugs in Pediatrics is a cogent presentation of the ongoing debate surrounding the potential for pharmacological interventions in pediatric bone loss. | <p>Presents evidence for the use of certain drugs in the treatment and prevention of bone loss in children</p><p>Balances the pros and cons of utilizing these drugs in the pediatric population</p><p>Highlights the potential for future use of these and other drugs with children</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-03055-5 | Psychiatry | Anagnostou | [NAME], Bloorview Research Institute, Toronto, ON, Canada; [NAME], Bloorview Research Institute, Toronto, ON, Canada | Managing Autism Spectrum Disorder |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 100 p. 30 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Psychiatry | SCH53003 | MMH | Pediatrics | SCH49006 | MJW | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Handbook | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.-Defining and diagnosing austism spectrum disorder.- Neuropsychological assessment of autism spectrum disorder.-Behavioral and educational intervention.-Medical intervention.-Parental and carer intervention.-Recent advances in autism spectrum disorder management. | ​Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a developmental disorder characterised by disturbance in language, perception and social skills that affects an estimated 1–2 per 1,000 people worldwide (although the number is as high as 20 per 1000 in the US). In 2013, a single category of ASD united several related conditions (classical autism, Asperger’s syndrome, Fragile X Syndrome, Landau-Kleffner Syndrome, [NAME] syndrome, childhood disintegrative disorder, and PDD-NOS) was included in the DSM-5, with the aim to provide a more precise definition to will guide more consistent diagnoses and treatment. While studies have suggested a disturbance in neural metabolism in patients with ADS, the exact cause of the condition still remains unknown. Managing Autism Spectrum Disorder will serve a practical handbook supporting the diagnosis, treatment and long-term management of this condition, including behavioral therapies and emerging treatments. | <p>A practical clinical handbook providing an overview of best-practice management of autism spectrum disorder</p><p>Includes up-to-date clinical guidelines, including the milestone fifth edition of the<i> Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5)</i> in which several related disorders now come under the autism spectrum disorder diagnosis</p><p>An ideal resource for busy clinicians and trainees that seek evidence-based, concisely written, patient-focused information to enhance their understanding of this increasingly common disorder</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-45377-9 | Psychiatry | Brewerton | [NAME], Medical University of South Carolina, Charleston, SC, USA; [NAME], University of South Florida, Bloomfield Hills, MI, USA | [NAME], Addictions and Substance Use Disorders | Research, Clinical and Treatment Perspectives |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 681 | Hard cover | Book | XXV, 681 p. 6 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Psychiatry | SCH53003 | MMH | Clinical Psychology | SCY12005 | MMJ | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Research Perspectives: Relationship between feeding and drug seeking behaviors.- Animal models of eating disorders.- Activity Anorexia.- Role of neurotransmitter systems.- Dimensions of personality and neuropsychological function.- Imaging findings.- Genetic aspects: Do EDs, addictions, and SUDs share genetic vulnerabilities.- The Role of Epigenetics.- Clinical Perspectives: Epidemiology of EDs, addictions and SUDs.- Assessment.- Nutritional Aspects.- Are EDs addictive disorders?.- The Role of Stress, [NAME] and PTSD.- The Role of Obesity.- EDs, addictions and SUDs following bariatric surgery.- Prevention and public policy issues.- Treatment Perspectives: General principles of treating the comorbid patient.- The use of CBT.- Mindful based treatments.- The use of self-help approaches.- The use of motivational interviewing and MET.- The use of family therapy.- Nutritional interventions.- The use of exercise.- The use of alternative and complementary therapies.- Ethics and the role of compulsory hospitalization.- The role of invitational intervention.​ | Eating disorders, addictions, and substance use disorders are each challenging in their own right, but they also commonly co-occur, causing major challenges for clinicians. This book presents cutting-edge research on the overlap of these complex disorders and reviews integrative assessment strategies and treatment approaches, including enhanced cognitive behavioral therapy, dialectical behavior therapy, abstinence approaches, motivational enhancement, mindfulness meditation, and pharmacotherapy. The issue of whether eating-disordered behaviors such as dieting, binge eating, and excessive exercise are merely other forms of addictive behavior is examined. The authors argue both for and against the concept of food addiction in research, clinical treatment, and public policy. The book will be of interest to psychiatrists, addiction medicine physicians, mental health/substance abuse clinicians, dieticians, researchers, and those affected by the disorders. | <p>Presents cutting-edge research on the overlap of eating disorders, addictions, and substance use disorders</p><p>Reviews integrative assessment strategies and treatment approaches</p><p>Considers the concept of food addiction in research, clinical treatment, and public policy</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-45256-7 | Psychiatry | Buckley | [NAME], Georgia Regents University, Augusta, GA, USA; [NAME], Institute of Psychiatry, National Psychosis Unit, London, UK | Treatment–Refractory Schizophrenia | A Clinical Conundrum |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 228 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 228 p. 7 illus., 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Psychiatry | SCH53003 | MMH | Clinical Psychology | SCY12005 | MMJ | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Definitions and scope of treatment-refractory schizophrenia.- Biology of schizophrenia: Is treatment-refractoriness synonymous with severity of illness.- Evolution of refractoriness.- Medical and psychiatric comorbidities: Complicating treatment expectations.- Overview of pharmacologic treatments and [NAME]: Gold standard treatment for refractory schizophrenia: Now or never.- Augmenting clozapine and other antipsychotic medications: Pharmacologic choices and differential outcomes.- Augmenting clozapine therapy: Emerging neuromodulatory strategies.- Cognitive remediation for refractory schizophrenia.- Psychological and familial therapies for refractory schizophrenia.- [NAME] performance of patients with chronic schizophrenia.- Refractory schizophrenia and the criminal justice system: A failure of continuity of care and a real challenge.- Personalized medicine: A ‘game changer’ in the care of patients with treatment-refractory schizophrenia? | Schizophrenia is often associated with an inadequate response to pharmacological and non-pharmacological treatments. How to treat patients who have an unsatisfactory response to anti-psychotics, including clozapine - which is unequivocally the most powerful antipsychotic medication for this recalcitrant population  - remains a clinical conundrum. A range of adjunctive medications have been tried with mixed results; there has also been renewed interest in the role of neuromodulatory strategies, electroconvulsive therapy, and cognitive and vocational approaches. Perhaps a bright spot for the future lies in the evolution of pharmacogenetic approaches for individualized care.In this book, leading experts from Europe, Australia and the Americas provide a timely appraisal of treatments for the most severely ill schizophrenia patients. This clinically focused  book is informed by the latest research on the neurobiology and treatment of schizophrenia. It is comprehensive in scope, covering current treatment options, various add-on approaches, and a range of psychosocial treatments. The contributors are respected experts who have combined their clinical experience with cutting-edge research to provide readers with authoritative information on fundamental aspects of clinical care for schizophrenia. | <p>Comprehensive, clinically focused guide to the treatment of the most severely ill patients with schizophrenia</p><p>Informed by the latest research findings on neurobiology and treatment</p><p>Written by leading experts from Europe and the Americas</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-907673-17-7 | Psychiatry | Fleischhacker | [NAME], Medical University Innsbruck, Innsbruck, Austria; [NAME], King's College London Institute of Psychiatry P049, London, UK | Encyclopedia of Schizophrenia - Focus on Management Options |  |  |  | 1 | 2011 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 275 p. 6 illus. | 0 | approx. | 69.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Psychiatry | SCH53003 | MMH | Psychopharmacology | [NAME] | MMGW | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Encyclop(a)edia | Springer Healthcare | Planned | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This mini-encyclopedia aims to provide a survey of the wide range of interventions available for treating schizophrenia at a level appropriate for non-specialists who are beginning their engagement in the area and for others as a source of reference for the specialist. The pharmacological options are considered alongside psychosocial management approaches and the advantages and disadvantages of each treatment modality are outlined. The entries are written by leading experts, including basic and clinical scientists in academia and industry, and include descriptions of many relevant fundamental psychological and biological processes of the disorder. The volume owes much to the Encyclopedia of Psychopharmacology edited by [NAME] (published by [NAME] in 2010), from which some entries are reproduced. Where entries deal with pharmacological interventions, the aim is to provide detailed information on the neuropsychopharmacology of the substances from domains such as clinical, experimental, and molecular pharmacology, insofar as they impact upon understanding of schizophrenia. Articles on non-drug interventions review the most recent evidence base related to commonly applied psychotherapeutic and rehabilitative measures. Other essays focus upon the key concepts and research methods used in the field, describing the main features of investigative techniques and outlining their roles, the types of information obtained and why they are needed; the advantages and limitations of a technique may also be summarized. The essays are complemented by many short definitions of important terms; in the interest of ease of reading, these definitions are not assigned to named authors; they are typically related to specific essays that they cross-reference and relevant authorship details can be found in the latter. | <p>A concise yet thorough guide to current interventions for managing and treating schizophrenia </p><p>Presents essential background information paired with practical techniques in a novel format </p><p>Aimed at clinicians, researchers, research managers, as well as advanced students    </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0655-0 | Psychiatry | Janicak | [NAME], Rush University, Chicago, IL, USA; [NAME], UCLA Semel Institute, Los Angeles, CA, USA; [NAME], University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, USA; [NAME], Northwestern University, Chicago, IL, USA | Schizophrenia | Recent Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 520 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 520 p. 15 illus., 14 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Psychiatry | SCH53003 | MMH | Psychopharmacology | [NAME] | MMGW | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Section 1:  History, epidemiology, clinical course, present diagnostic criteria and impact of schizophrenia on the individual and society.  o Chapter 1. Introduction  o Chapter 2. [NAME] of Schizophrenia: Implications for Treatment    Section 2: Recent and promising areas of research into the pathophysiology of schizophrenia with a focus on the implications for treatment of this disorder  o Chapter 3. Overview of Neurobiology o Chapter 4. Pathophysiology of Schizophrenia  o Chapter 5. Genetics  o Chapter 6. Biological Markers  o Chapter 7. Neuroimaging    Section 3: Medical management of schizophrenia  o    Chapter 8. Acute management of  schizophrenia  o    Chapter 9. Long-term management of schizophrenia o    Chapter 10. Management of comorbidities associated with schizophrenia  o    Chapter 11. Management of water imbalance in schizophrenia o    Chapter 12. Management of medication-related adverse effects   Section 4: Management of schizophrenia and its long-term complications  o Chapter 13. Psychotherapeutic and rehabilitation  approaches  o Chapter 14. Psychoeducation   Section 5: Future directions in research and implications for developing more effective therapies  o    Chapter 15. Conclusion | Schizophrenia: Recent Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment is a major addition to the literature, offering practical, comprehensive coverage of diagnosis and treatment options, genetic issues, neuroimaging, long-term management of schizophrenia, and future directions and predictions of how clinical care of schizophrenia will change.  The book is divided into five sections. Section 1 summarizes the present state of knowledge about the diagnosis and treatment of schizophrenia. This includes recent changes in the DSM 5 categorization of schizophrenia and its implications for treatment. Section 2 considers recent discoveries into its pathoetiology, including the status of biological markers, genetics and neuroimaging as they relate to diagnosis and potential novel therapeutic approaches. Section 3 explores the optimization of present therapeutic approaches; novel treatments; and management of the substantial risks associated with both the illness and its present therapies. Section 4 discusses progress in the long-term management of schizophrenia, focusing on biological and psychotherapeutic strategies to improve functioning and facilitate recovery.  Section 5 considers future directions and predictions of how diagnosis and treatment of schizophrenia will change.  An invaluable addition to the field, Schizophrenia: Recent Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment is a definitive resource that will be of great interest to all clinicians caring for patients with schizophrenia. | <p>An invaluable resource for psychiatric practitioners, psychiatry residents, psychologists, and psychiatric nurses but also students, researchers, and policy [NAME]>Topics range from neuroimaging, pharmacogenomics, and implications for the development of alternative or adjunctive therapies</p><p>Discusses future directions in research and implications for developing more effective therapies</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04626-6 | Psychiatry |  | Hans-Jürgen Möller, Ludwig Maximilian University of Munich, Munich, Germany; [NAME], Medical University of Vienna, Vienna, Austria | Guide to Assessment Scales in Major Depressive Disorder |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 60 p. 30 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Psychiatry | SCH53003 | MMH | Psychopharmacology | [NAME] | MMGW | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Handbook | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Introduction to assessment in depression and to psychometric properties.- Self-assessment scales.- Clinical scales.- Scales for children and adolescents.- Scales used in postpartum depression.- Scales for elderly patients. | Depression is one of the most common mood disorders across the globe, with a lifetime prevalence across all people of 8-10%. Despite being relatively common, depression remains severely underdiagnosed across all age groups and nationalities. Guide to Assessment Scales in Major [NAME] provides psychiatrists (including trainees) and general practitioners with a comprehensive overview of the most clinically relevant assessment scales and tools in order to assist with and enhance diagnostic outcomes in depression. | <p>A guide to the recent developments in the assessment of major depressive disorder written by five highly respected authors in the field of psychiatry </p><p>Written for psychiatrists, clinical researchers, mental health nurses and other healthcare professionals who use rating scales in clinical practice </p><p>Provides clinically-evaluated rating scales that are applicable for general practice and hospital settings</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0687-1 | Psychiatry | Summergrad | [NAME], Tufts University, Boston, MA, USA; [NAME], University of Minnesota, Burnsville, MN, USA | Integrated Care in Psychiatry | Redefining the Role of Mental Health Professionals in the Medical Setting |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 255 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 255 p. 9 illus., 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Psychiatry | SCH53003 | MMH | Behavioral Therapy | SCH54018 | MMJT | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​  Foreword   Preface   Introduction:  A Vision of Psychiatric Care   Chapter 1:  Prevalence of Psychiatric Symptoms/Syndromes in Medical Settings and Patient Access to Outcome Changing Care   Chapter 2:  Impact of Concurrent Physical and Psychiatric Conditions on Health Outcomes and Cost   Chapter 3:  Payment Barriers and Potential Solutions to Psychiatric Service Delivery in the Medical Setting    Chapter 4:  The Psychiatrist’s Changing Role in a Reformed Delivery System:  Adding Value in Accountable Care Organizations     Chapter 5:  Health Complexity and Working with Integrated Care Managers to Improve Outcomes in High Cost Complicated Patients    Chapter 6:  Building Value-Added Teams to Service Behavioral Health Needs in Patient Centered Medical Homes    Chapter 7:  Building Value-Added Inpatient General Hospital Psychiatric Teams    Chapter 8:  Transitioning to Psychiatric Service Delivery in the Medical Setting   Chapter 9:  Training the Next Generation of Psychiatrists for Collaborative Work with Medical Colleagues | Integrated Care in Psychiatry: Redefining the Role of Mental Health Professionals in the Medical Setting is a landmark title in the field, offering a clear, detailed, and cohesive call by leading experts for coordinated care for patients with concurrent psychiatric and medical conditions.  The renowned editors and authors argue that what is slowly occurring, and greatly needed at a faster pace, is nothing less than a sea change in the way that psychiatric care will be delivered.  The current, mostly segregated, medical and psychiatric model of care has led to the development of competing medical and psychiatric subcultures that have resulted in a lack of dialog among health providers, administrators, and payers – and thus in less than optimal patient outcomes.  To remedy this problem, the book offers a practical, insightful road map to achieving the central tenet of health reform – truly coordinated, patient-centered care where the care experience for the patient, the medical care itself, and the cost outcomes improve as the system changes from fee-for-service to population-based health.   An invaluable reference for all clinicians, policy makers, payers, administrators, and others interested in the debate surrounding healthcare systems, Integrated Care in Psychiatry: Redefining the Role of Mental Health Professionals in the Medical Setting is a major contribution to the literature and a gold standard resource. | <p>A guide to implementing behavioral health programs in inpatient and outpatient medical settings worldwide</p><p>Emphasizes the importance of understanding the dynamic interaction of physical and mental conditions</p><p>Of use to early, mid, and senior career psychiatrists, psychiatric residents, medical students interested in psychiatry, and psychiatric administrators</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04059-2 | Public Health | Bucci | [NAME], Akron Children's Hospital, Akron, OH, USA | Medicine and Business | A Practitioner's Guide |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 185 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 185 p. 26 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Practice Management | SCH68000 | MBPM | Medicine/Public Health, general | SCH00007 | MB | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Healthcare Business.- Implications of Today's Healthcare Environment.- Management.- Finance.- Billing and Reimbursement.- Current Procedural Terminology Codes and ICD-9 and ICD-10 Coding.- Electronic Medical Record.- Managed Care.- Hospital Governance.- Private Practice Employment.- Physician Employment in a Hospital System.- Human Resources.- Contracts Administration.- [NAME] Essentials.- Medical Business Law and Regulations.- Materials Management.- Physician/administrator Relations.- Lean/6Sigma/Daily Management System. | This book is designed to provide physicians with the information they need in applying business management skills to their medical practice. It covers management and leadership practices, financial planning and execution, hospital governance, managed care, marketing activities, and medical business law. Written for the physician in easily understandable language, it describes each concept, delineates its applications in various practice environments and provides insight into the future developments in each sector. | <p>Educates medical professionals in the philosophy, skills and application of business administration skills</p><p>Written for the physician in the “physician’s language”</p><p>Presents essential principles in the organizational, financial, marketing, and legal aspects of medical practice</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-03058-6 | Public Health | [NAME] | [NAME], [NAME], Ospedale Civile, Livorno, Italy | Guide to Targeted Therapies: EGFR mutations in NSCLC |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 50 p. 20 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Medicine/Public Health, general | SCH00007 | MB | Oncology | SCH43008 | MJCL | Medicine, General | Handbook | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2014-04-15 00:00:00 |  |  | Overview of NSCLC.- EGFR mutations in NSCLC.- EGFR-testing methods and technology.- EGFR-targeted treatment.- Resources for your patient | Guide to Targeted Therapies: EGFR Mutations in NSCLC is a speedy and up-to-date review, which discusses EGFR mutations, testing methods and technology, current and emerging therapies, and resources that clinicians can provide to their patients. Busy healthcare professionals who want a quick review of EGFR gene mutations as well as a summary of current therapies will benefit from this succinct guide.​ | <p>A concise, practical handbook on EGFR mutations in NSCLC that provides oncologists and other healthcare providers with an up-to-date review of the background and advances in the field </p><p>Reviews the current treatment recommendations for EGFR mutations in NSCLC and emerging treatment options based on recent clinical trials</p><p>Easily accessible text, tables, and images reviews the critical clinical trials, giving readers a fast synopsis of key studies and available treatment options</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-6331-2 | Public Health | Chitwood, Jr. | [NAME], Jr., East Carolina Heart Institute, Greenville, NC, USA | Atlas of Robotic Cardiac Surgery |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 326 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 326 p. 224 illus., 120 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Medicine/Public Health, general | SCH00007 | MB |  |  |  | Cardiology | [NAME] | Springer London | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Robotics in Cardiac Surgery—Basic Principles.- Building a Cardiac Surgical Robotic Program.- Anesthesia for Robotic Cardiac Surgery.- Three Dimensional Transesophageal Echocardiographic Planning.- Cardiopulmonary Perfusion During Robotic Cardiac Surgery.- Clinical Outcomes in Robotic Cardiac Surgery.- Robotic On-Pump Totally Endoscopic Coronary Bypass Surgery (TECAB).- Robotic Off-Pump Totally Endoscopic Coronary Bypass Surgery.- Beating Heart—Totally Endoscopic Coronary Artery Bypass Surgery; Robotic [NAME]-vessel Anastomotic Connectors.- The Hybrid Operating Room: A Multidisciplinary Team Approach.- Hybrid Robotic Coronary Surgery.- Principles of Carpentier’s Reconstructive Mitral Valve Surgery.- Simplifying Mitral Valve Repair: Leaflet Imbrication.- Simplifying Mitral Valve Repair: Limited Leaflet Resections and Neo-Chord Replacements.-  “Haircut” Mitral Valve Repair: Posterior Leaflet-Plasty.- Leaflet Folding Plasty.- Neochord Replacement for Mitral Valve Repair.- Leaflet Edge-to-Edge Mitral Valve Repair.- Robotic Mitral Repair: Isolated Annular and Leaflet Calcium.- Endoscopic Mitral Repair: Evolution to Robotics –Endo-balloon Aortic Occlusion Technique.- Robotic Endoscopic Mitral Valve Repair: Trans-thoracic Clamp Technique.- Robotic Mitral Repair: “Running Suture” Annuloplasty.- Robotic Mitral Valve Repair: Thru-port (IntraClude™) Intra-Aortic Balloon Occlusion Technique.- Robotic Mitral Valve Repair: Techniques and Results.- Robotic Mitral Valve Replacement: Techniques and Results.- Robotic Aortic Valve Replacement.- Treatment of Atrial Fibrillation: The Robotic Cryo-Maze.- Robotic Left [NAME] Placement.- Robot-Assisted Atrial Septal Defect Closure.- Cardiac Tumor Excision.- Robotic Trans-Mitral Septal Myectomy with Mitral Repair for Asymmetric Ventricular Septal Hypertrophy with Systolic Mitral Anterior Leaflet Motion.- Simulation and Education in Cardiac Surgery. | Robotic surgery is currently devoid of adequate didactic material necessary to facilitate daily application in cardiothoracic surgical practice. This book represents the definitive atlas that will lead both the practicing and new cardiothoracic surgeons in these methods. It will define the operative pathway of each procedure, from beginning to end, for surgeons who wish to be a complete robotic cardiac surgeon and include hints and procedural pitfalls derived from the experiences of chapter contributors. The book will be illustrated with high quality illustrations and color photographs from surgical operations where appropriate. Leading surgeons have contributed to the book and provided sample illustrations for their respective chapters. Anesthetic and cardiopulmonary support preparation for each operation will be included and selected references will be provided to emphasize evidence-based outcomes. | <p>Definitive atlas providing information on this surgical technique</p><p>Defines operative pathway enabling complete understanding of robotic cardiac surgery</p><p>Emphasis on evidence-based outcomes</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4868-5 | Public Health | Chowdhury | Tahseen A. Chowdhury, The Royal London Hospital, London, UK | Diabetes Management in Clinical Practice |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 138 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 138 p. 17 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Medicine/Public Health, general | SCH00007 | MB | Internal Medicine | SCH33002 | MJ | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer London | Available | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 | 2014-02-20 00:00:00 |  | ​​1. Preventing diabetes.- 2. Preventing diabetes complications: non-glucose interventions.- 3. Glycaemic therapy for diabetes.- 4.Preventing and managing renal disease in diabetes.- 5. Managing diabetic foot disease.- 6. Managing diabetes in hospital. | ​At a time when clinicians are bombarded with masses of clinical information from numerous sources, and the wide variety of changes/advances in diabetes management, there is a need for a concise, easy-to-read book that provides an up-to-date review of the major advances in management of diabetes, with an evidence-based approach. This book is a collection of short chapters, each focused on a subject related to the management of diabetes and its complications. The chapters are written by acknowledged experts in the field, who are also clinicians dealing with diabetes on a day-to-day basis. The text is highly evidence based and well referenced with reviews of relevant trials. It includes the latest developments in diabetes management, prospects for future therapies and avenues of research, as well as therapies currently undergoing clinical trial. In order to facilitate ease of reading, it has a user-friendly appearance, with multiple headings, illustrations and summary boxes. The primary audience is clinical, including all healthcare professionals involved in the management of diabetes and its complications. This encompasses diabetologists and endocrinologists, family practitioners with an interest in diabetes, specialist nurses, dietitians and podiatrists. | <p>​State of the art, evidence-based review of current practice and important topics in diabetes management </p><p>Key points summary for each chapter </p><p>Suitable clinical pathways and guidelines suggested​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0526-3 | Public Health | [NAME] | [NAME], Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC, USA | A Century of Homeopaths | Their Influence on Medicine and Health |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 207 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 207 p. 110 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Complementary & Alternative Medicine | SCH17007 | MX | History of Medicine | SCH64000 | MBX | Complementary & Alternative Medicine | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. [NAME]: The Founder of Homeopathy.- 3. The Trail Blazing Women of Homeopathy.-  4. Surgeons in the Homeopathic Community.- 5. Anesthesiology as a New Discipline: Leadership from Homeopathy.- 6. Cardiology: Hering, [NAME] and Others.- 7. Psychiatry and its Homeopathic Hall of Fame.- 8. Infectious Disease: Conrad Wesselhoeft.- 9. Allergic Diseases: Blackley and Selfridge.- 10. Politics, Public Health and Presidential Care.- 11. Bioethics and the Influence of Otto Guttentag.- 12. Low [NAME] vs. No Dose Pharmacology: The Great Schism.- 13. A Miscellany: Pediatrics, Oncology, Radiology, Gerontology, Massage, Physical Education, Chemistry.- 14. [NAME]: From Bogus Licenses to Mass Murder.- 15. The Modern Evidence and Conclusions​. | As the values of integrative medicine continues to grow, alternative points of view and treatments are increasing in acceptance and prevalence.  Homeopathic medicine is considered an important root to this approach.  However, contributions of homeopathically qualified doctors have long been overlooked. A Century of Homeopaths is a detailed account of the many homeopaths who have contributed to medical progress since 1840.  The accomplishments of over 100 homeopaths form the organizing structure of the book - many of whom have been lost to history.  The text describes the ways in which homeopaths have influenced medical practice, research and public health, as well as the seminal effect of homeopaths in the emergence of today's medical specialties and in social reform, thus providing insights to healthcare professionals, researchers, students and medical historians. | <p>Presents homeopathic medicine’s significant contribution to medical progress</p><p> </p><p>Organized by the accomplishments of over 100 homeopaths </p><p> </p><p>Written for health professionals, researchers, students and those with an interest in medical history</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-05469-8 | Public Health | Glasser | [NAME], University of Alabama, Birmingham, AL, USA | Essentials of Clinical Research |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 320 | Hard cover | Book | X, 320 p. | 0 | final | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | Medicine/Public Health, general | SCH00007 | MB | Biomedicine general | SCB0000X | MBGR | Medicine, General | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- The Beginning, Historical Aspects of Clinical Research, Clinical Research: Definitions, “Anatomy and Physiology,” and the Quest for “Universal Truth”.- Introduction to Clinical Research Concepts, Essential Characteristics of Clinical Research, Overview of Clinical Research Study Designs.- A Focus on Clinical Trials.- Alternative Interventional Study Designs.- Phase 4 (Postmarketing) Research.- The Role of the USA Food and Drug Administration in Clinical Research.- The Placebo and Nocebo Effect.- Recruitment and Retention in Clinical Research.- Data Safety and Monitoring Boards (DSMBs).- Meta-analysis, Evidence Based Medicine, and Clinical Guidelines.- Research Methods for Genetic Studies.- Research Methods for Pharmacoepidemiology Studies.- Implementation Research: Beyond the Traditional Randomized Controlled Trial.- Research Methodology for Studies of Diagnostic Tests.- Statistical Power & Sample Size: Some Fundamentals For Clinician Researchers.- Association, Cause, and Correlation.- [NAME], Confounding, and Effect Modification (Interaction).- It’s All About Uncertainty.- Grant and [NAME] Writing.- The Media and Clinical Research.- Mentoring and the Mentee.- Presentation Skills: How to Present Research Results. | In its extensively revised and updated Second Edition, this book provides a solid foundation for readers interested in clinical research. Discussion encompasses genetic, pharmacoepidemiologic and implementation research.All chapters have been updated with new information and many new tables have been added to elucidate key points. The book now offers discussion on how to handle missing data when analyzing results, and coverage of Adaptive Designs and Effectiveness Designs and new sections on Comparative Effectiveness Research and Pragmatic Trials. Chapter 6 includes new material on Phase 0 Trials, expanded coverage of Futility Trials, a discussion of Medical Device approval, Off Label Drug use and the role of the FDA in regulating advertising. Additional new information includes the role of pill color and shape in association with the placebo effect and an examination of issues surrounding minority recruitment. The final chapter offers a new section on manuscript preparation along with a discussion of various guidelines being adopted by journals: CONSORT, STROBE, PRISMA, MOOSE and others; and coverage of Conflicts of Interest, Authorship, Coercive Citation, and Disclosures in Industry-Related Associations.Building on the strengths of its predecessor in its comprehensive approach and authoritative advice, the new edition offers more of what has made this book a popular, trusted resource for students and working researchers alike. | <p><p>Thoroughly updated and expanded for the Second Edition</p><p>Includes new material on the net reclassification index; the p value and Bayesian approaches and more</p><p>Offers new discussion of clinical practice guidelines and the different ways of grading evidence</p><p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-5998-9 | Public Health | Gullotta | [NAME], Child and Family Agency of Southeastern, New London, CT, USA; [NAME], Ashford, CT, USA | Encyclopedia of Primary Prevention and Health Promotion |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 3700 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 3700 p. In 4 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | approx. | 2300 | Medicine & Public Health | Public Health | SCH27002 | MBN | Health Promotion and Disease Prevention | SCH27010 | MBN | Public Health | Encyclop(a)edia | Springer US | Planned | 2014-06-15 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Public Health is one of the fastest growing university programs in the United States today. At the same time, the challenges that face the practitioner continue to grow and become more complex. This Encyclopedia of Primary Prevention and Health Promotion, 2nd ed covers more than 250 topics, taking a lifespan approach to the fields of public health and prevention.   The encyclopedia is divided into four volumes: 1. Foundational Topics 2. Early Childhood and Childhood 3. Adolescence 4. Adulthood and [NAME]  Within each volume, issues of illness prevention and health promotion (sometimes referred to as 'positive psychology') are addressed in chapter-length entries arranged alphabetically.  An international group of contributors synthesizes research focusing on improving the physical and mental health of the community as a whole. Each entry will have a structured format: Introduction, Definition of Terms, Prevalence, Theories, Empirical Studies, and Strategies (What Works, What Is Promising, What Doesn't Work). Each entry concludes with a look ahead to the coming decades of Public Health - what are the next steps to primary prevention and health promotion - and a 'See Also' box recommending books, films, or articles by the editors for further reading.   The encyclopedia is designed for practitioners, students, and researchers working in prevention, public health, and psychology.  It will also serve as reference for practitioners in sociology, social work, nursing and medicine.  The second edition more than doubles the number of entries in the first edition by adding entries focusing on gender, African American and Latino issues, social support, social and emotional learning, and physical health and disease.  All entries from the first edition will be rewritten and expanded, reflecting the most up to date thinking in the field. | The only encyclopedia devoted to prevention science and health promotion  Life span approach brings together research from early childhood to gerontology in one resource | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-6000-8 | Public Health | Gullotta | [NAME], Child and Family Agency of Southeastern, New London, CT, USA; [NAME], Ashford, CT, USA | Encyclopedia of Primary Prevention and Health Promotion |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 3700 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | XX, 3700 p. Print + eReference. In 6 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | approx. | 2900 | Medicine & Public Health | Public Health | SCH27002 | MBN | Health Promotion and Disease Prevention | SCH27010 | MBN | Public Health | Encyclop(a)edia | Springer US | Planned | 2014-06-15 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Public Health is one of the fastest growing university programs in the United States today. At the same time, the challenges that face the practitioner continue to grow and become more complex. This Encyclopedia of Primary Prevention and Health Promotion, 2nd ed covers more than 250 topics, taking a lifespan approach to the fields of public health and prevention.   The encyclopedia is divided into four volumes: 1. Foundational Topics 2. Early Childhood and Childhood 3. Adolescence 4. Adulthood and [NAME]  Within each volume, issues of illness prevention and health promotion (sometimes referred to as 'positive psychology') are addressed in chapter-length entries arranged alphabetically.  An international group of contributors synthesizes research focusing on improving the physical and mental health of the community as a whole. Each entry will have a structured format: Introduction, Definition of Terms, Prevalence, Theories, Empirical Studies, and Strategies (What Works, What Is Promising, What Doesn't Work). Each entry concludes with a look ahead to the coming decades of Public Health - what are the next steps to primary prevention and health promotion - and a 'See Also' box recommending books, films, or articles by the editors for further reading.   The encyclopedia is designed for practitioners, students, and researchers working in prevention, public health, and psychology.  It will also serve as reference for practitioners in sociology, social work, nursing and medicine.  The second edition more than doubles the number of entries in the first edition by adding entries focusing on gender, African American and Latino issues, social support, social and emotional learning, and physical health and disease.  All entries from the first edition will be rewritten and expanded, reflecting the most up to date thinking in the field. | The only encyclopedia devoted to prevention science and health promotion  Life span approach brings together research from early childhood to gerontology in one resource | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-5999-6 | Public Health | Gullotta | [NAME], Child and Family Agency of Southeastern, New London, CT, USA; [NAME], Ashford, CT, USA | Encyclopedia of Primary Prevention and Health Promotion |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 3700 |  | eReference work | XX, 3700 p. eReference. | 1 | approx. | 2300 | Medicine & Public Health | Public Health | SCH27002 | MBN | Health Promotion and Disease Prevention | SCH27010 | MBN | Public Health | Encyclop(a)edia | Springer US | Planned | 2014-06-15 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Public Health is one of the fastest growing university programs in the United States today. At the same time, the challenges that face the practitioner continue to grow and become more complex. This Encyclopedia of Primary Prevention and Health Promotion, 2nd ed covers more than 250 topics, taking a lifespan approach to the fields of public health and prevention.   The encyclopedia is divided into four volumes: 1. Foundational Topics 2. Early Childhood and Childhood 3. Adolescence 4. Adulthood and [NAME]  Within each volume, issues of illness prevention and health promotion (sometimes referred to as 'positive psychology') are addressed in chapter-length entries arranged alphabetically.  An international group of contributors synthesizes research focusing on improving the physical and mental health of the community as a whole. Each entry will have a structured format: Introduction, Definition of Terms, Prevalence, Theories, Empirical Studies, and Strategies (What Works, What Is Promising, What Doesn't Work). Each entry concludes with a look ahead to the coming decades of Public Health - what are the next steps to primary prevention and health promotion - and a 'See Also' box recommending books, films, or articles by the editors for further reading.   The encyclopedia is designed for practitioners, students, and researchers working in prevention, public health, and psychology.  It will also serve as reference for practitioners in sociology, social work, nursing and medicine.  The second edition more than doubles the number of entries in the first edition by adding entries focusing on gender, African American and Latino issues, social support, social and emotional learning, and physical health and disease.  All entries from the first edition will be rewritten and expanded, reflecting the most up to date thinking in the field. | The only encyclopedia devoted to prevention science and health promotion  Life span approach brings together research from early childhood to gerontology in one resource | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4899-7447-1 | Public Health | Kaslow | [NAME], University of Alabama, Birmingham School of Public Health, Birmingham, AL, USA; [NAME], Columbia University Medical Center, New York, NY, USA; [NAME], Institute for Human Infections and Immun, Galveston, TX, USA | Viral Infections of Humans | Epidemiology and Control |  |  | 5 | 2014 | 1300 | Hard cover | Book | XXVI, 1300 p. 238 illus., 155 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 559 | Medicine & Public Health | Public Health | SCH27002 | MBN | Infectious Diseases | SCH33096 | MJCJ | Public Health | Handbook | Springer US | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | I.Concepts & Methods.- 1.Concepts in Viral Disease Epidemiology & Control.- 2.Virologic Detection & Characterization.- 3.Immunologic Detection & Characterization.- 4.Surveillance & Epidemiologic Investigation.- 5.Viral Dynamics & Mathematical Models.- II.Viruses Causing Acute Syndromes.- 6.Adenoviruses.- 7.Alphaviruses:Equine Encephalitis & Others.- 8.Arenaviruses:[NAME], Lymphocytic Choriomeningitis & Others.- 9.Bunyaviruses:  Hantavirus & Others.- 10.Coronaviruses: Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome & Others.- 11.Enteroviruses & Parechoviruses: Echoviruses, Coxsackieviruses, & Others.- 12.Enteroviruses:Enterovirus 71.- 13.Enteroviruses:Polio.- 14.Filoviruses: Marburg & Ebola.- 15.Flaviviruses:  Dengue.- 16.Flaviviruses: [NAME], Japanese B, West Nile & Others.- 17.Hepatitis A Virus.- 18.Hepatitis E Virus.- 19.Influenza Viruses.- 20.Noroviruses, Sapoviruses, & Astroviruses.- 21.Orthopoxviruses: Variola, Vaccinia, Cowpox & Monkeypox.- 22.Paramyxoviruses: Henipaviruses.- 23.Paramyxoviruses: Measles.- 24.Paramyxoviruses: Mumps.- 25.Paramyxoviruses Parainfluenza Virus.- 26.Paramyxoviruses: Respiratory Syncytial Virus & Metapneumovirus.-27.Parvoviruses.- 28.Rhabdovirus: Rabies.- 29.Rhinoviruses: Colds.- 30.Rotaviruses.- 31.Rubella Virus.- III.Viruses Causing Acute & Chronic Syndromes &/or Malignancy.- 32.Hepatitis viruses:  Hepatitis B & Hepatitis D.- 33.Hepatitis viruses: Hepatitis C.- 34.Hepatitis viruses: Hepatocellular Carcinoma.- 35.Human Herpesviruses:  Cytomegalovirus.- 36.Human Herpesviruses: Herpes Simplex Types 1 & 2.- 37.Human Herpesvirus: Human Herpesvirus 6.-38.Human Herpesviruses: Infectious Mononucleosis & Other Non-Malignant Diseases.- 39.Human Herpesviruses: Kaposi Sarcoma & Other Malignancies.- 40.Human Herpesviruses: Malignant Lymphoma.- 41.Human Herpesviruses: Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma & Other Epithelial Tumors.- 42.Human Herpesviruses: Varicella & Zoster.- 43.Human Immunodeficiency Viruses Types 1 & 2.- 44.Human Papillomaviruses: Cervical Cancer & Warts.- 45.Human T Cell Leukemia Viruses Types 1 & 2.- 46.Polyomaviruses: Progressive Multifocal Leukoencephalopathy & Other Diseases.- IV Other Transmissible Agents.- 47.Prions & Transmissible Spongioform Encephalopathy. | Striking changes have occurred in the world since the publication of the last edition of Viral Infections of Humans. The global population is rapidly approaching 8 billion; climate change is leading to the introduction of new hosts, vectors and virus diseases heretofore never seen in many parts of the world; technological advances have revolutionized the ability to recognize and characterize viruses new and old; vaccines are altering the epidemiological landscape of the diseases they target, in some cases raising the hope of their eradication; and remarkably powerful computational tools are enabling not only detection of outbreaks of disease much sooner than in the past but also, through complex mathematical modeling, more accurate prediction of their potential impact.The new Fifth Edition of Viral Infections of Humans captures the both the excitement and frustration of the dynamic struggle between humankind and the viruses that continue to cause immense suffering.  It presents the latest concepts, methods, and technologies in epidemiology, detection, investigation, modeling, and intervention.  Updated and entirely new chapters by dozens of experts across the field provide analytic summaries of current knowledge of viruses and prions causing acute syndromes, chronic illnesses, and/or malignancies.  In sum, this ambitiously expanded volume offers a uniquely comprehensive perspective on viruses in humans, from agents of classic diseases (e.g., hepatitis, measles, polio, rabies, and yellow fever), to those with greatest pandemic impact (e.g., influenza and human immunodeficiency virus), to those discovered relatively recently (e.g., henipavirus, metapneumovirus, and norovirus).  The new Fifth Edition of Viral Infections of Humans is an invaluable reference for  students, fellows and established professionals in the fields of microbiology, public health and infectious disease epidemiology, medicine, and health policy. | <p>Revised and expanded edition of a classic reference covering all major human viral infections</p><p>Information presented in a uniform way, summarizing the methodology, biological characteristics, descriptive epidemiology, transmission, pathogenesis, control and prevention for each virus</p><p>Companion to <i>Bacterial Infections of Humans</i> edited by [NAME] | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-907673-69-6 | Public Health | Klastersky | [NAME], Insititut Jules Bordet, Brussels, Belgium | Febrile Neutropenia |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 73 | Soft cover | Book | IX, 73 p. 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Medicine/Public Health, general | SCH00007 | MB | Pharmacy | SCF00008 | MQP | Medicine, General | Handbook | Springer Healthcare | Available | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 | 2014-02-12 00:00:00 |  |  | Pocketbook for Cancer Supportive Care Febrile Neutropenia is a comprehensive review on febrile neutropenia, its prevention, risks, management, costs, and special populations affected by the condition. The book was originally commissioned due to advances in the field, and to supplement the series: Pocketbooks in Supportive Cancer Care. Busy healthcare professionals who have a basic understanding of febrile neutropenia but want to learn more a will benefit from this concise guide that will help them quickly understand the complexities of this condition. | <p>Reviews current treatment recommendations for febrile neutropenia based on guidelines and clinical trials</p><p>Easily accessible text and figures offer practical approaches for managing febrile neutropenia</p><p>Provides diagnostic and treatment algorithms for various patient populations affected by this disorder, also supported by guidelines and clinical trials</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4919-4 | Public Health | Krentz | [NAME], Profil Institute for Clinical Research, [NAME], CA, USA; [NAME], Profil Institute for Clinical Research, [NAME], CA, USA; [NAME], Profil Institute for Clinical Research, [NAME], CA, USA; [NAME], Sanford-Burnham Medical Research Institu, Orlando, FL, USA | Translational Research Methods for Diabetes, Obesity and Cardiometabolic Drug Development | A Focus on Early Phase Clinical Studies |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 200 | Hard cover | Book | X, 200 p. 20 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Medicine/Public Health, general | SCH00007 | MB | Internal Medicine | SCH33002 | MJ | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer London | Planned | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​   ​1. Review of physiology/pathophysiology.- 2. Methods for assessing insulin action in humans.- 3. Assessment of insulin secretion.- 4. Measurement of ectopic fat in liver and muscle using magnetic resonance spectroscopy.- 5. Isotopic tracers for the measurement of metabolic flux.- 6. Measuring food intake in clinical drug development.- 7. Measurement of energy expenditure.- 8. Assessment of body composition.- 9.  Assessment of cardiovascular safety of new diabetes [NAME] | ​​The world is beset by a pandemic of obesity and type 2 diabetes and the need for new drugs is startlingly clear; recent years have seen a huge increase in research activity to fill this gap. The development of new drugs for diabetes and obesity must be founded upon a sound appreciation of the pathophysiology of these common disorders. The dual defects of insulin resistance and impaired insulin secretion are fundamental to the pathogenesis and progression of obesity-associated type 2 diabetes.  There is a need to explain how new drugs can counter insulin resistance and insulin deficiency to a broad range of professionals, from clinical scientists active in early (and later) phase drug development to specialist physicians and increasingly primary care doctors who must tailor drug regimens to the individual patient.   Clinical research methods for measuring insulin action and insulin secretion have become well-established in proof-of-mechanism studies; however, selection of the best techniques is by no means straightforward.  The purpose of the book is to aid the selection of the most appropriate techniques for assessing insulin action,  insulin secretion and body composition in humans (with particular reference to new drugs) in phase 1 and 2 studies and aid the understanding of drug effects and non-drug treatment strategies on key biochemical-hormonal defects of obesity and type 2 diabetes.  The book will assume a working knowledge of human physiology relating to glucose metabolism and will be of interest to biomedical scientists, pharmacologists, academics involved in metabolic research and clinicians practicing in these specialties. | <p>Provides a background to aid the understanding of drug effects and non-drug treatment strategies on key biochemical-hormonal defects of obesity and type 2 diabetes </p><p>Aids the selection of the most appropriate techniques for assessing insulin action, insulin secretion and body composition in humans​</p><p>Provides practical examples to assist usage/applications, explanation and study analysis Perils and pitfalls are summarized for each technique</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04737-9 | Public Health | [NAME] | [NAME], Catholic University of Sacred Heart Milan, Italy, Tribiano,Milano, Italy | Disaster Resilience from a Sociological Perspective | Exploring Three Italian Earthquakes as Models for Disaster Resilience Planning | Humanitarian Solutions in the 21st Century |  | 1 | 2014 | 350 | Hard cover | Book | X, 350 p. 3 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Public Health | SCH27002 | MBN | Sociology, general | SCX22000 | JHB | Public Health | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  | worldwide | Introduction.- Sociological question of crises and disasters in our contemporary society.- What is resilience? The state of the art.- Organizational response to emergencies: Italian civil protection and civil defence service.- Civil Protection Voluntary Service.- Italian civil protection volunteers: “professional” resilience and the importance of training.- Population experience of earthquakes and possible resilient responses to disasters.- Conclusion. | Natural disasters traumatize individuals, disrupt families, and destabilize communities.Surviving these harrowing events calls for courage, tenacity, and resilience. Professional planning requires specific types of knowledge of how people meet and cope with extreme challenges.Disaster Resilience from a Sociological Perspective examines three major earthquakes occurring in Italy over a fourteen - year period for a well-documented analysis of populations' responses to and recovery from disaster, the social variables involved, and the participation of public agencies. This timely volume reviews sociological definitions and models of disaster, identifying core features of vulnerability and multiple levels of individual and social resilience. The analysis contrasts the structural and supportive roles of Italy's civil protection and civil defense services in emergency planning and management as examples of what the author terms professional resilience. And testimony from earthquake survivors and volunteers gives voice to the social processes characteristic of disaster. Among the areas covered:Social context for concepts of disaster, vulnerability, risk, and resilienceTypes of resilience: a multidimensional analysis, focused on a physical, ecological, and ecosystem perspectiveFindings from three earthquakes: loss, hope, and community.Two systems of organizational response to emergenciesToward a relational approach to disaster resilience planning Plus helpful tables, methodological notes, and appendicesFor researchers in disaster preparedness, psychology, and sociology, Disaster Resilience from a Sociological Perspective raises--and addresses--salient questions about people and communities in crisis, and how studying them can improve preparedness in an uncertain future. | <p>Focuses on a sociological approach to enhancing disaster resilience at the family and community levels</p><p>Has practical, operative implications for disaster prevention, planning and management</p><p>Addresses the critical challenge of security, training, and active responses for future catastrophes</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11640 | Behavioral Science
 | 978-3-319-04164-3 | Public Health |  | Bradley Monk, St. Joseph's Hospital and Medical Center Division of Gynecologic Oncology, Phoenix, AZ, USA; [NAME], University of California, Irvine Medical Gynecologic Oncology Group, Orange, CA, USA | Handbook of Cervical Cancer |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 95 p. 44 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Public Health | SCH27002 | MBN | Oncology | SCH43008 | MJCL | Public Health | Handbook | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2014-04-18 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Treatment guidelines.-Emerging therapies.-Epidemiology.-Clinical features.-Diagnosis.-Medical management. | Handbook on Cervical Cancer will provide readers with a thorough review on cervical cancer, treatment guidelines, and emerging therapies available for the disease. The book was originally commissioned due to recent developments in therapies for cervical cancer. This concise pocket book will review cervical cancer’s epidemiology, clinical features, diagnosis, and medical management. Busy healthcare professionals will benefit from this text, which will not only cover the foundation of cervical cancer management, but discuss up-to-date national and international treatment guidelines and upcoming therapies. | <p>A comprehensive guide on major national and international diagnosing, staging, and treatment guidelines for cervical cancer</p><p>Easily accessible text, figures, and illustrations offer practical approaches for managing and understanding cervical cancer</p><p>A thorough and concise book for healthcare professionals to better understand the background and development of cervical cancer</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-81-322-1831-9 | Public Health | Ramachandran | [NAME], Independent Development Consultant, Gurgaon, India | Persisting Undernutrition In India | Causes, Consequences and Possible Solutions |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 241 | Hard cover | Book | XXIII, 241 p. 41 illus. | 0 | final | 129 | Medicine & Public Health | Public Health | SCH27002 | MBN | [NAME] | SCX25000 | JHBD | Public Health | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | PART I: INTRODUCTION.- The Background.- Changing Calorie Consumption and Dietary Patterns.- PART II: ISSUES AND CONCERNS.- Does Gender still Determine Nutrition Status.- The Costs of Persisting Adult Under nutrition.- Why Child Under nutrition Persists in India.- Exploring Child Under nutrition Further: Best and Worst Case Scenarios.- The Additional Burden of Anaemia.- Do Nutrition Interventions Work in the Field? Reality Check.- Factoring in Climate Change.- PART III: IN SEARCH OF SOLUTIONS.- A Family Based Approach to Nutrition.- Making the ICDS Effective.- Lessons from International Experience.- PART IV: CONCLUSIONS.- Fast Tracking Nutritional Improvements in India. | The book revisits the causes of persisting under nutrition in India, but moves away from the usual focus on women and children to a broader view of the entire population. It estimates the economic losses resulting from ignoring under nutrition in the adult working population and questions the current narrow focus of nutrition interventions, suggesting that a family-based approach may provide quicker results and long-term sustainability. It compares the best and worst performing states in the country to glean learnings from both successes and failures and emphasizes the need to hand over the ownership of nutrition outcomes from the state to the community and family for more sustainable results. The book is organized in three sections: Part 1 details the nutrition status of the population, regional variations in nutrition outcomes and government response in terms of interventions. Part 2 reviews issues and concerns like gender discrimination, poor child nutrition status, ineffective implementation of government programmes in the field and the possible impacts of emerging issues like climate change. Part 3 seeks solutions from both international and country experiences. | <p>One of the few books on undernutrition in India</p><p>Addresses the causes and impacts of undernutrition in both child and adult populations</p><p>Looks at gender disparities in nutrition from both sides of the equation</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04168-1 | Public Health | Rabischong | [NAME], Faculty of Medicine of Montpellier, [NAME], France | Comprehensive Anatomy of Motor Functions |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 181 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 181 p. 132 illus., 130 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Anatomy | SCH12005 | MFC | Rehabilitation Medicine | SCH55030 | MQV | Anatomy | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Basic Notions on Mobility Function.- Introduction.- Components of Motor Apparatus.- Command and Control.- Spinal Functions.- Introduction.- Spinal Stabilization.- Cervical Spine and the Eye/Head Servomechanism.- [NAME] and Respiratory Dynamics.- Thoracic Spine and [NAME] Dynamics.- Locomotion.- Introduction.- The Two Aspects of Locomotion.- Prehension.- Introduction.- Wrist/Hand Complex.- Humero-Radio-Ulnar Complex.- Cleido-Scapulo-Humeral Complex.- Conclusion.- Eye Mobility.- Introduction.- Three Specific Features Important to Understand.- Conclusion.- Facial Mimic.- Introduction.- Facial Superior Orbital Floor.- Facial Inferior Buccal Floor.- Masticatory Function.- Introduction.- Movements of TMJ.- Control of Mandibular Posture.- Speaking and Swallowing.- Introduction.- The Aero-Digestive Cross Way.- Swallowing.- Phonation.- Bladder and Rectum Incontinences.- Introduction.- Technical Problems and Solutions.- Command and Control.- Ejaculation and Orgasm.- Introduction.- Technical Problems af Copulation.- Motor Of Inference: The Orgasm.- Conclusions. | The comprehensive approach to anatomy is a new attempt to understand the organization of anatomical structures instead of only memorizing details, which is both time-consuming and prone to error. The basic principle is that man did not design man, a truth which presents the solution and not the problem. This kind of approach requires first observing a function and identifying, in engineering terms, the technical problems that need to be solved in order to achieve that function. In a second step the anatomical solution is examined in terms of validation and should always be an intelligent solution that puts the characteristics of specific living tissues to optimal use.Anatomy is obviously the mandatory basis of all types of medical practice. For centuries, its rigorous methodology has relied on dissection, which is the only means to precisely identify the morphology of organs and for surgeons to learn how to directly and safely reach the structures they need to operate on. Accordingly, this book includes illustrations of many dissections and anatomical sections in order to provide a realistic view of the complex organization of the human body.This book addresses the needs of a broad range of medical and paramedical practitioners interested in movements and their disorders:  MDs and surgeons of all specialties, physiotherapists, occupational therapists, speech therapists, X-ray manipulators, osteopathic specialists, etc. Its goal is to demonstrate the amazing intelligence and complexity of human motor functions and to better grasp the how and why of their construction. | <p>More than a functional anatomy book, allows readers to truly grasp the “how and why” of complex bio systems</p><p>Many original pictures of cadaver dissections present the anatomical realities</p><p>Extra material available online as videos and photographs</p><p>Practical approach to improve medical practice (diagnostics and treatment) in many disciplines concerning motor functions</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04440-8 | Public Health | Rodriguez-Merchan | [NAME], La Paz University Hospital, Madrid, Spain; [NAME], La Paz University Hospital, Madrid, Spain | [NAME] of the Limbs | Diagnosis and Management |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 170 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 170 p. 72 illus., 30 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Medicine/Public Health, general | SCH00007 | MB | Orthopedics | SCH45000 | MNS | Medicine, General | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Complex fractures of the proximal humerus.- 2 Complex fractures of the distal humerus.- 3 Fracture-dislocations of the elbow.- 4 Complex fractures of the distal radius.- 5 Complex fractures of the pelvis.- 6 Complex fractures of the acetabulum.- 7 Complex fractures of the distal femur.- 8 Complex fractures of the proximal tibia.- 9 Complex fractures of the tibial pilon.- 10 Complex fractures of the calcaneus.- 11 Complex open fractures.- 12 Soft tissue coverage in complex fractures of the limbs.- 13 Nonunion of complex fractures of the limbs.- 14 Management of post-traumatic bone defects.- 15 Polytrauma patient: damage control management and immediate bone fixation.-16 Surgical treatment of osteoporotic knee fractures.- 17 Rehabilitation of complex bone fractures of the limbs. | This book provides up-to-date guidance on the diagnosis and treatment of the most important complex fractures of the limbs, including fractures of the proximal and distal humerus, fractures and dislocations of the elbow, fractures of the distal radius, pelvis, acetabulum, distal femur, proximal tibia, tibial pilon, calcaneus and osteoporotic knee fractures. The most complex articular fractures are analyzed, soft tissue coverage is reviewed, and the management of open fractures and nonunions is described and illustrated. Other chapters consider damage control management and immediate bone fixation in the polytrauma patient, skeletal reconstruction and rehabilitation of complex fractures of the limbs. The book offers guidance to orthopaedic surgeons on which treatment options afford the best preservation of fully functional joints around the fractured bone. With this goal in mind, the authors have developed strategies that can restore full articular function of the limbs in both the short and the long term. [NAME] of the [NAME] will be an invaluable aid to orthopaedic surgeons in treating patients with this very common and important clinical problem. | <p>Describes effective management strategies for a wide range of complex fractures of the limbs</p><p>Reviews soft tissue coverage, skeletal reconstruction, and the management of open fractures and non-unions</p><p>Provides guidance on damage control management in the polytrauma patient</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4899-7423-5 | Public Health | Sloboda | [NAME], Ontario, OH, USA; [NAME], JBS International, Inc., Rockville, USA | Defining Prevention Science |  | Advances in Prevention Science |  | 1 | 2014 | 626 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 626 p. 39 illus. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | Medicine/Public Health, general | SCH00007 | MB | Health Promotion and Disease Prevention | SCH27010 | MBN | Public Health | Contributed volume | Springer US | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Prevention Science: An Epidemiological ApproachIndividual Physical, Cognitive, and Emotional Vulnerability across the Life Course: Benchmarks and Developmental Challenges.- Pre-natal and Infancy.- Childhood and the Entry into Adolescence: A Pivotal Period in Health-Related Behaviors and Prevention.- Adolescent and Early Adulthood.- Stressors and Vulnerabilities in Middle and Old Age: Opportunities for Prevention.- Environmental Influences.- Family.- School Influences on Child and Youth Development.- Peer Networks.- Risk and Resilience Processes in Single Mother Families: An Interactionist Perspective.- Environmental Influences: the workplace and mental health: models, vulnerability factors and interventions.- An Integrated Prevention Science Model - A Conceptual Foundation for Prevention Research.-Design of Preventive Interventions.- Implementation Science and the Effective Delivery of Evidence-Based Prevention.- Factors Impacting Implementation: Training and Cultural Adaptation.- Measuring Fidelity.- Research Design.- Translating the Intervention Approach into an Appropriate Research Design –The Next Generation Designs for Effectiveness and Implementation Research.- The Epidemiologic Case-Crossover and Case-Control Approaches in Prevention Research.- The Use of Simulation Models in Public Health with Applications to Substance Abuse and Obesity Problems.- Meta-analysis in Prevention Science.- Mixed Methods Research Design for Prevention ScienceMethods, Critiques, and Recommendations.- Analytic Methods.- Latent Class Analysis in Prevention Science.- Discrete-time Survival Analysis in Prevention Science.- Using Mediation and Moderation Analyses to Enhance Prevention Research.- Analytic Methods: Advances in Missing Data Models and Fidelity Issues of Implementing these Methods in Prevention Science.- Cost Analysis and Policy.- Economic Analysis and Policy Studies: Special Challenges in the Prevention Sciences.- Strengthening prevention science to ensure effectiveness of intervention in practice: setting up an international agenda. | Whoever coined the adage 'an ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure' could not have known how important this adage would become. The challenge of altering the health trajectories of poor lifestyle decisions for such behaviors as smoking, drinking and using illicit drugs, violence, dropping out of school, engagement in risky sexual behaviors and crime through prevention research has led to a new discipline, prevention science.Defining Prevention Science covers this emerging field of science: its goals, its conceptual and theoretical foundations, its methods and especially its utility. Not content to simply differentiate the field from its close allies: epidemiology, psychology, neuroscience, sociology, economics, the text explains how these many disciplines enhance each other at both research and intervention levels and how prevention science draws on these biological, behavioral and social sciences to create an innovative knowledge base that has provided cost-effective, evidence-based prevention interventions and policies. To this end, familiar developmental benchmarks are recast in prevention/health promotion context, from the crucial importance of adolescence in encountering and deterring high-risk behaviors to the risks and resiliencies of single-mother families. An international group of contributors offers current findings, up-to-date methods for effective evidence-based interventions and improvements in research technologies in these key areas:Physical, cognitive and emotional vulnerability across the life course.The roles of developmental influences in prevention.Intervention development, delivery and implementation.Bringing the intervention approach to research design.New directions in analytic methods.Cost analysis and policy implications.Advances in Prevention Science: Defining Prevention Science aims to inspire further refinements in the field and encourage communication among researchers in its own and related disciplines, including public health, epidemiology, psychology, and criminology. This is the first volume in the series, Advances in Prevention Science, that provides the framework for other volume that will focus on such issues as: Prevention Science in School Settings: Complex Relationships and Processes; Preventing Crime and Violence and The Prevention of Substance Use. | <p>First volume in the new series, Advances in Prevention Science</p><p>Extensive coverage of epidemiological and statistical methods used in prevention research</p><p>Brings together experts in the design and analysis of intervention trials</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04071-4 | Public Health | Tepper | [NAME], Cleveland Clinic Headache Center, Cleveland, OH, USA; [NAME], Cleveland Clinic Headache Center, Cleveland, OH, USA | The Cleveland Clinic Manual of Headache Therapy | Second Edition |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 480 | Soft cover | Book | I, 480 p. 3 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Medicine/Public Health, general | SCH00007 | MB |  |  |  | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Since The Cleveland Clinic Manual of Headache Therapy published, new guidelines and therapies have emerged. The Cleveland Clinic Manual of Headache Therapy, 2nd Edition provides these advances, as well as a number of clinical challenges not covered in the 1st edition - including headaches associated with opioids and traumatic brain injury. Organized by dedicated parts and chapters on diagnosis and treatment, this practical guide also features clinical pearls and summarizing tables. The Cleveland Clinic Manual of Headache Therapy, 2nd Edition will provide neurologists, pain specialists, fellows, residents and primary care physicians an evidence-based resource of clinical approaches and appropriate treatments. | <p>New edition featuring new guidelines and therapies in headache therapy</p><p>Organized by parts and chapters on diagnosis and treatment</p><p>Written by renowned experts from The Cleveland Clinic</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0322-1 | Public Health | [NAME] | [NAME], The Hospital for Sick Children, Toronto, Canada | Paediatric Patient and Family-Centred Care: Ethical and Legal Issues |  | International Library of Ethics, [NAME], and the New Medicine | 57 | 1 | 2014 | 344 | Hard cover | Book | XXV, 344 p. 24 illus. | 0 | final | 179 | Medicine & Public Health | Theory of Medicine/Bioethics | SCH66000 | PSAD | Ethics | SCE14000 | HPQ | Bioethics | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Acknowledgements.- Notes on Contributors.- Chapter 1: Introduction.- Part I: Introduction to Patient and Family-Centred Care.- Chapter 2: Paediatric Patient-Centred Care: Evidence and [NAME]; [NAME], [NAME] Keiltyand Karima Karmali.- Chapter 3: A Canadian Perspective on a Child’s Consent to Research Within a Context of Family-Centred Care: From Incompatibility to Synergy; [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME] Shaul.- Chapter 4: Resource Allocation in Paediatric Patient and Family-Centred Care; [NAME] Gibson.- Part II: Legal, Ethical and Cultural Considerations.- Chapter 5: Culture, Religion and Family-Centred Care: Rani H. Srivastava.- Chapter 6: Ethical and Legal Issues in Patient and Family-Centred Care: Canadian First Nations, Métis and Inuit People; [NAME] 7: Accounting for the Family in Law: An Impartial but not Impersonal Point of View; [NAME] Chapter 8: Legal Considerations in Paediatric Patient and Family-Centred Healthcare; [NAME] III: Implementation and Lived Experience.-  Chapter 9: Paediatric Patient-Centred Care at SickKids: Advancing Child & Family-Centred Care; [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME] Karmali.- Chapter 10: The Effect of Patient and Family-Centred Care (PFCC) Delivery Model on Paediatrics at the Thunder Bay Regional Health Sciences Centre; Bonnie Nicholas.- Chapter 11: Creating Partnerships for Life: One Family’s Story of Paediatric Patient and Family-Centred Paediatric Care; [NAME] Purdy.- Chapter 12: Supporting the Developing Autonomy of Youth Patients: Reflections on the Role of Healthcare Providers; [NAME] Simpson.- Part IV: In Context.- Chapter 13: Participation in Paediatric Research Studies; [NAME] Walton.- Chapter 14: Clinical Genetics Practice: Integrating Paediatric Patient and Family-Centred Care; [NAME] and [NAME] Chapter 15: End-of-Life Decision-Making in the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit: Serving the Best Interests of the Newborn Within a Patient and Family-Centred Care Framework ; [NAME] Hellman.- Chapter 16: Legal and Ethical Issues in Child-and Family-Centred Care:Transplantation; [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME] Wright.- Chapter 17: Patient and Family-Centred Care: Critical Partnerships When Treating Adolescent Anorexia Nervosa; Lori d’Agincourt-Canning, [NAME] and [NAME] Dixon.- Chapter 18: Lost in Transition: Legal and Ethical Approaches When Applying Patient- and Family-Centred Care to Adolescents With Disabilities; [NAME] and Lucie Wade.- Chapter 19: Ethical Conflicts That may [NAME] When Caring for Dying Children; [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME]. | This book provides the reader with a theoretical and practical understanding of two health care delivery models: the patient/child centred care and family-centred care. Both are fundamental to caring for children in healthcare organizations. The authors address their application in a variety of paediatric healthcare contexts, as well as an understanding of legal and ethical issues they raise. Each model is increasingly pursued as a vehicle for guiding the delivery of health care in the best interests of children. Such models of health care delivery shape health care policies, programs, facility design, resource allocation decisions and day-to-day interactions among patients, families, physicians and other health care professionals. To maximize the health and ethical benefits these models offer, there must be shared understanding of what the models entail, as well as the ethical and legal synergies and tensions they can create. This book is a valuable resource for paediatricians, nurses, trainees, graduate students, practitioners of ethics and health policy. | <p>A comprehensive analysis of legal and ethical issues related to paediatric patient and family centred care</p><p>Gives a unique legal and ethical analysis of pediatric health care delivery models</p><p>Discusses the practical application and implementation of health care delivery models</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11648 | Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
 | 978-3-319-05421-6 | Surgery | Augustin | [NAME], University Hospital Center Zagreb, Zagreb, Croatia | Acute Abdomen During Pregnancy |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 631 | Hard cover | Book | XXX, 631 p. 236 illus., 94 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | Surgery | SCH59001 | MN | Gynecology | SCH26006 | MJT | General [NAME] | Manual | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Surgery: Acute appendicitis.- Acute biliary tract diseases.- Acute pancreatitis.- Non-traumatic gastroduodenal perforations.- Incarcerated abdominal wall hernias.- Symptomatic diaphragmatic hernia.- Intestinal obstruction.- Acute inflammatory bowel disease.- Splenic rupture.- Abdominal trauma.- Miscellaneous conditions.- Gynecology: General considerations.- Adnexal torsion.- (Isolated) torsion of fallopian tube.- Hemorrhagic functional ovarian cysts.- Pelvic inflammatory disease and tubo-ovarian abscess.- Ruptured ectopic pregnancy.- Torsion of the gravid uterus.- Spontaneous uterine rupture.- Degenerating uterine myomas.- Ruptured endometriotic cyst.- Gynecologic postpartum abdominal pain. | This book will help the reader to recognize, diagnose, and treat most of the acute abdominal disorders that may be encountered in the pregnant patient, whether associated with or incidental to the pregnancy. A wide range of conditions are addressed, including some which are very rare as well as those more frequently seen, such as acute appendicitis and acute cholecystitis. The principles underlying diagnosis and therapy are clearly explained. Particular features in the clinical presentation of pregnant patients are highlighted, and specific diagnostic and therapeutic algorithms and protocols, described. Attention is drawn to the diagnostic difficulties that may arise from atypical presentations and to restrictions on the use of certain diagnostic imaging studies. The book is designed to meet the needs of both the gynecologist and the general or abdominal surgeon, who together form the multidisciplinary team mandatory for effective treatment that will safeguard mother and baby. | <p>Explains the diagnostic and therapeutic principles for all causes of acute abdomen during pregnancy</p><p>Meets the needs of both gynecologists and general/abdominal surgeons</p><p>Includes more than 200 figures relevant to diagnosis and treatment</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04956-4 | Surgery | Chugay | Nikolas V Chugay, Long Beach, CA, USA; Paul N Chugay, Long Beach, CA, USA; [NAME], [NAME], CA, USA | Body Sculpting with Silicone Implants |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 263 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 263 p. 290 illus., 279 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Plastic Surgery | SCH59087 | MNP |  |  |  | Plastic Surgery | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-05-20 00:00:00 |  |  | [NAME] Overview.- Anesthesia for Body Implants.- Biceps Augmentation.- Triceps Augmentation.- Pectoral Augmentation.- Buttocks Augmentation.- Hip/Thigh Augmentation.- Calf Augmentation.- Quadriceps Augmentation. ​ | This book covers all aspects of body contouring with silicone implants with the exception of breast augmentation. After a discussion of the available silicone implants and anesthetic management, the various techniques that may be used in body sculpting are carefully described in a series of chapters focusing on augmentation of the biceps, triceps, pectorals, buttocks, hip/thigh, calf, and quadriceps. Potential complications are identified for each of the procedures and clear guidance is provided on how to avoid them. The book will enable the surgeon to gain a sound understanding of the different body sculpting techniques and when they are applicable. It is intended both for students/beginners and for experienced cosmetic plastic surgeons alike. | <p>Clear descriptions of the various techniques used in body contouring with silicone implants (except for breast augmentation)</p><p>Covers augmentation of the biceps, triceps, pectorals, buttocks, hip/thigh, calf, and quadriceps</p><p>Identifies potential complications and means of avoiding them</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04339-5 | Surgery | Coppola | [NAME], [NAME] Children’s Hospital Geisinger Medical Center, Danville, PA, USA; [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] Children’s Hospital Geisinger Medical Center, Danville, PA, USA; [NAME], [NAME] Children’s Hospital Geisinger Medical Center, Danville, PA, USA | Pediatric Surgery | Diagnosis and Treatment |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 330 | Hard cover | Book | XXI, 330 p. 52 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Pediatric Surgery | SCH59079 | MNC | Maternal and Child Health | SCH27025 | MJTF | Surgery | Manual | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1. Perioperative Issues.- 1.Fluids and Electrolytes.- 2. Nutrition.- 3. Pediatric Anesthesiology.- 4. Procedural Sedation.- 5. Postoperative Neonatal and Pediatric Critical Care.- 6. Disorders of Clotting.- Part 2. Trauma.- 7. Epidemiology of Trauma.- 8. Injury Prevention and Safety.- 9. Non-Accidental Trauma.- 10. Initial Trauma Assessment.- 11. Pathophysiology of Brain Injury.- 12. Algorithm of Treatment for Head Trauma.- 13. Thoracic Trauma.- 14. Abdominal Trauma.- 15. Traumatic Spinal Injury in Children.- 16. Burns.- 17. Pelvic Fractures.- 18. [NAME] 3. Common Neonatal Problems.- 19. Necrotizing Enterocolitis.- 20. Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia.- 21. Esophageal Atresia and Tracheoesophageal Fistula.- 22. Pyloric Stenosis.- 23. Duodenal Atresia.- 24. Intestinal Atresia.- 25. [NAME]'s Disease.- 26. Malrotation.- 27. Gastroschisis.- 28. Omphalocele.- 29. Imperforate Anus and Cloaca.- 30. [NAME]. Meconium Plug Syndrome and Meconium Ileus.- 32. Hypospadias.- 33. Disorders of Sexual Differentiation.- 34. Biliary Atresia.- Part 4. Common Problems of Infancy.- 35. Inguinal Hernia/Hydrocele.- 36. Umbilical Hernia.- 37. Intussusception.- 38. Foreign Body Ingestion and Aspiration.- 39. Branchial Cleft Remnants.- 40. Choledochal Cyst.- 41. Thyroglossal Duct Cyst.- 42. Renal Duplication Anomalies.- 43. Cryptorchidism.- 44. Vesicoureteral Reflux.- 45. Megaureter.- 46. Ureteropelvic Junction Obstruction.- 47. Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease.- 48. Gastrointestinal Bleeding.- 49. Vascular Rings and Slings.- Part 5. Common Problems in School Age Children.- 50. Lymphadenopathy.- 51. Appendicitis.- 52. Hereditary Spherocytosis.- 53. [NAME] Purpura.- 54. Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura.- 55. Sickle Cell Anemia.- Part 6. Common Adolescent Problems.- 56. Gynecomastia.- 57. Pectus Deformity.- 58. Imperforate Hymen.- 59. [NAME] Disease.- 60. Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Syndromes.- 61. Thyroid Nodules.- 62. Breast Nodules.- 63. Adrenal Tumors.- 64. Pancreatitis.- 65. Gallbladder Disease.- 66. Varicocele.- 67. Acute Scrotum.- 68. Pediatric Urolithiasis.- Part 7. [NAME] in Children.- 69. Wilms' Tumor.- 70. Neuroblastoma.- 71. Hepatoblastoma.- 72. Leukemia.- 73. Rhabdomyosarcoma.- Part 8. Surgical Procedures.- 74. Parenteral Access.- 75. Enteral Access.- 76. Chest Tube.- 77. Scoliosis Exposure.- 78. Ventriculoperitoneal Shunts.- 79. Circumcision.- 80. Patent [NAME] Ligation.- 81. Tracheostomy.- Part 9. Resources.- 82. Note Templates.- 83. Common Medications.- 84. Vaccination Schedule.- 85. Developmental Milestones.- 86. Phone List.- 87. Index [NAME]. | Just as children are not little adults, the discipline of paediatric surgery is not equivalent to surgery for adults. Differences in anatomy, diseases affecting children and the appropriate therapies make the surgical care of children confusing and tense. Even within paediatric care, the extensive changes children undergo as they develop from neonates to adolescents causes different care to be required at different stages. Full-size texts are available for comprehensive review of paediatric surgery when one has the luxury to sit and study at a desk, but no pocket-sized guide specific to paediatric surgery is available. This book will fulfil the need for rapid, clear, concise guidance in the immediate bedside evaluation and treatment of children suffering surgical disease. It will provide assistance to surgical and paediatric providers alike; anyone who has a hand in the urgent care of children requiring a surgeon. The book is also a convenient focused board review guide for trainees and active practitioners taking board examinations. The editors are busy paediatric surgeons at a teaching hospital, performing operations on children every day, as well as training students and residents. The contributors are drawn from the broad spectrum of paediatric specialists encompassing the disciplines necessary to staff a tertiary children’s hospital. | <p>A practical bedside manual for use on the front lines of caring for children with surgical disease </p><p>A manual that provides a quick guide to care for an ill child and later serves as a board review text and study guide </p><p>Useful not only for surgical practitioners, but also to any provider who needs to decide when to refer a child to a surgeon and wants to prepare parents for what to expect when their child is cared for by a surgeon</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5381-6 | Surgery | Foletto | [NAME], Padova University Hospital, Padova, Italy; [NAME], Cleveland Clinic, Weston, FL, USA | The Globesity Challenge to General [NAME] | A Guide to Strategy and Techniques |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 270 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 270 p. 53 illus., 46 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | General [NAME] | SCH59044 | MNC | Minimally Invasive Surgery | SCH59052 | MNB | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Preface.- 1 Definition, Epidemiology and Social Implications of Obesity.- 2 Organizational Issues, Logistic and Economic Implications of Obesity.- 3 Nursing and Psychological Issues in Obese Patients.- 4 Patient Assessment and Post-Op Management of Obesity from the Physician’s Point of View.- 5 Anesthesiology in Obesity: Pre-Op Assessment, OR Strategy, Tips and Tricks for a Successful 'Go-Through.- 6 Surgical Practicalities: Fast-Track Lessons from the Bariatric Surgery.- 7 Head and [NAME] in Obese patients.- 8 The Impact of Obesity in Thoracic and Cardiac Surgery.- 9 Upper GI Tract in Obese Patients.- 10 Lower GI Tract In Obesity.- 11 Pancreas, Liver and Adrenal Glands in Obesity.- 12 Effects of [NAME] on the Kidneys and Urinary Tract.- 13 OBGYN and Bariatric Surgery.- 14 Considerations on the Abdominal Wall in Obese Patients.- 15 Plastic and [NAME] in Obese Patients.- 16 [NAME]: Overview and Results. | The increasing prevalence of morbid obesity has led the World Health Organization to coin the descriptive term “globesity” to reflect the worldwide nature of the problem. Providing health care to these patients, especially when surgery is required, can be extremely challenging owing to the specific needs in respect of logistics, facilities, and professional expertise. Appropriate care has to date often been unachievable and unaffordable outside of established bariatric centers, but such centers themselves usually have insufficient capacity and resources to cope with the demand among the general population. This book therefore provides a wealth of guidance and helpful tips and tricks on how to deal with obese patients within a general surgery setting. Importantly, it highlights the need for global rethinking on public health as regards resource allocation and patterns and standards of care, with the ultimate goal of improving outcomes through greater affordability. | <p>Addresses the high prevalence of morbid obesity and the low availability of dedicated resources outside of [NAME] straightforward surgical strategies in obese patients</p><p>Highlights daily "practicalities" for the general surgeon</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-9598-7 | Surgery | Hagopian | [NAME], Jersey Shore University Medical Center, Neptune, NJ, USA; [NAME], [NAME], University of Hawaii and Kuakini Medical Center, Honolulu, HI, USA | Abdominal Ultrasound for Surgeons |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 380 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 380 p. 381 illus., 212 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Abdominal Surgery | SCH5901X | MNC | Minimally Invasive Surgery | SCH59052 | MNB | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. The Basics.- 1. Introduction: The Importance of Ultrasound in a Surgical Practice.- 2. Physical Principles of Ultrasound.- 3. Instrumentation in Ultrasound.- 4. Scanning Techniques in Transabdominal and Intraoperative / Laparoscopic Ultrasound.- 5. Imaging Characteristics and Artifacts.- Part II. Anatomy, Application, and Intervention: Transabdominal, Intraoperative, Laparoscopic.- 6. Abdominal Wall Anatomy, Pathology and Intervention.- 7. Percutaneous Ultrasound Guidance Technique and Procedures.- 8. Trauma Ultrasound.- 9. Abdominal/Retroperitoneal Vascular Ultrasound.- 10. Laparoscopic Ultrasound in Staging of GI Malignancies.- 11. Endoluminal Ultrasound in the Upper Gastrointestinal Tract.- 12. Intraoperative and Laparoscopic Ultrasound during Pancreatic Surgery.- 13. Intraoperative Ultrasound during Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy.- 14. Intraoperative Ultrasound during Biliary Tract Surgery.- 15. Intraoperative and Laparoscopic During Liver Surgery.- 16. Techniques in Laparoscopic and Intraoperative Ultrasound Guidance.- 17. Ultrasound Techniques for [NAME] Ablation.- 18. Computer Assisted Navigation for Ultrasound “3-D Ultrasound”.- 19. Endoluminal Ultrasound: Anatomy, Technique and Intervention of the Anorectum.- Part III. Ultrasound in Surgical Practice.- 20. Getting Started.- 21. [NAME]: Credentialing and Certification.- 22. Coding and Billing for Ultrasound Examinations.- 23. Future Perspective in Abdominal Ultrasound. | Abdominal Ultrasound for Surgeons provides a comprehensive guide to the use of ultrasonography in surgical practice of abdominal diseases. The content is divided into three major sections, with the final section being dedicated to the logistics of incorporating ultrasound into a surgical practice. In Part I : The Basics, the principles of ultrasonography are reviewed focusing on ultrasound physics, equipment and instrumentation. A detailed approach to the various scanning methods with image and artifact interpretation is demonstrated with illustrations and images. In Part II : Anatomy, Application and Intervention, ultrasound anatomy and its use in surgery are detailed. The normal and abnormal ultrasound anatomy of specific abdominal organ or organ systems (esophagus, liver, pancreas, biliary, stomach, anorectum, vascularabdominal wall) with illustrations and images are demonstrated. A state-of-the-art review of the major applications of surgical abdominal ultrasound is provided in this section ranging from trauma ultrasound and laparoscopic staging to techniques in ultrasound guidance and three-dimensional targeting. In Part III : Ultrasound in Surgical Practice, the practical aspects of incorporation of ultrasound into a surgical practice are addressed with topics ranging from credentialing to coding and billing.Abdominal Ultrasound for Surgeons will serve as a very useful resource and guide for surgeons and students with little to some experience in ultrasound, including practicing surgeons, surgical fellows and surgical residents. | <p>Includes a URL to online video clips that augment the text </p><p>The first text to focus on ultrasonography and its application in a surgical practice of abdominal diseases </p><p>Written by experts in the field  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04321-0 | Surgery | Mick | [NAME], Centre [NAME], Voiron, France; [NAME], CHU de Clermont-Ferrand, Clermont-Ferrand, France | Chronic Postsurgical Pain |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 179 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 179 p. 5 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Pain Medicine | SCH47003 | MMBP | Surgery | SCH59001 | MN | Pain Medicine | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | Available | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 | 2014-02-21 00:00:00 |  | ​Part 1: Chronic Post-Surgical Pain: General Aspects.-  How to Study Chronic Post-Surgical Pain the Example of Neuropathic Pain.- Epidemiology of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain.- Part 2: Risk Factors for Chronic Post-Surgical Pain.- Predisposing Factors for Chronic Post-Surgical Pain.- Mononeuropathies Caused by Surgery: From Anatomy to Prevention.- Surgical Factors Influencing the Occurrence of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain.- Psychosocial Factors Involved in the Occurrence of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain.- Part 3: Perioperative Strategies for the Prevention of Post-Surgical Pain.- Perioperative Analgesia by Opioids: Rationale and Practical Basics.- The Role of Coxibs in the Management of Postoperative Pain.- Perioperative Strategy for Prevention of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain: General Foundations.- Antiepileptics and Perioperative Anti-Hyperalgesia: A Survey.- Part 4: Clinical Aspects of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain.- Neuropathic Post-Surgical Pain.-  Scar Neuromas.- Chronic Post-Mastectomy Pain: Clinical Aspects.- Chronic Pain after Total Knee Replacement. | Primum non nocere… The fact that a surgical procedure can leave any kind of pain casts a shadow over this tenet, which is seen as the basis of medical practice and anchor of its principle ethic…It is all the more surprising in that medicine has only paid attention to this paradoxical chronic pain situation for the past few years. Clarifying the knowledge acquired in this field has become all the more urgent for any care-giver today confronted by a legitimate request from patients: Why and how can a surgical procedure, which is supposed to bring relief, leave behind an unacceptable sequela?This is the approach which the contributors to this new subject of major clinical interest invite you to follow as you work your way through this book. | <p>Comprehensive book presenting risk factors, evaluation, clinical data and prevention of pain after a surgical operation</p><p>Contributions from high-profile international authors</p><p>Focus on post-mastectomy surgery pain</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04458-3 | Surgery | [NAME] | [NAME], Ulster Hospital, Belfast, UK | Manual of Operative Maxillofacial Trauma Surgery |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 165 | Soft cover | Book | X, 165 p. 130 illus., 110 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 69.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Oral and [NAME] | SCH59060 | MMDS | Surgery | SCH59001 | MN | Surgery | Manual | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2014-05-25 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Initial Assessment and Management of Life- and Sight-Threatening Complications.- 2.Timing Repair and Airway Considerations.- 3. Useful 'First Aid' Measures and Basic Techniques.- 4. Principles of Fracture Management.- 5. Injuries to Teeth and Supporting Structures.- 6. Mandibular Fractures.- 7. Fractures of the Middle Third of the Facial Skeleton.- 8. Fractures of the Cheek: The Zygomaticomaxillary Complex (ZMC).- 9. Orbital Fractures.- 10. Nasal Fractures.- 11. [NAME] ([NAME]-orbital-ethmoid): NOE Fractures. 12. Panfacial [NAME]. 13. The Coronal Flap. 14. [NAME] Injuries.- 15. [NAME] and the Frontal Sinus.- 16. 'Is This Right?': On-Table Assessment of Our Repair.- 17. Some Useful Adjuncts in Repair.- 18. Aftercare and Follow-Up. | This manual is a condensed and didactic 'how to' book, demonstrating surgical procedures in a step by step manner. It is fully comprehensive and highly illustrated (in colour, using mostly operative photographs), restricted solely to the surgical management of maxillofacial trauma, but includes most of the surfical approaches and methods of repair for all maxillofacial injuries. By including all surgical procedures (in trauma) this manual will make a useful and portable accompaniment to the Atlas of Operative Maxillofacial Trauma Surgery. It will be a good resource for all trainees, not only in maxillofacial surgery, but also in other related specialties. | <p>The book will cover treatment to all injury patterns encountered in maxillofacial practice</p><p>Alternative approaches will be described (as such as transconjunctival, blepharoplasty or tarsal approaches to the orbit) to cover all different kinds, yet commonly used, training methods</p><p>Key steps will be illustrated using operative photos</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-45206-2 | Surgery | Shiffman | [NAME], [NAME], CA, USA; [NAME], Regional Hospital-Ancona, Ancona, Italy; [NAME], University of Padova, Padova, Italy | Stem Cells in Aesthetic Procedures | Art, Science, and Clinical Techniques |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 931 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 931 p. 552 illus., 520 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | Plastic Surgery | SCH59087 | MNP | Otorhinolaryngology | SCH46007 | MJP | Plastic Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Stem Cell History: History of the development of pluripotent stem cells (including reprogramming of somatic cells) and their applications for therapeutic use. Biochemistry and Physiology of the Stem Cell: Skeletal muscle and adipose cell precursors: Stem cell tissue engineering and reconstructive surgery.- [NAME] and Adipose Tissue Engineering.- Tissue Engineering of Vascularized Adipose Tissue for Soft Tissue Reconstruction is driven by specific Angiogenetic Factors.- Surface Antigen Profiling of Stem Cells.- Human Adipose Tissue As a Source of Multipotent Stem Cells.- Adipose [NAME] in vitro by using Human Fat Adipocytes, Fat Tissue Mesenchyma Stem Cells on [NAME] Sheet.- Adipogenesis using Human Adipose Tissue-derived Cells Impregnated with Basic Fibroblast Growth Factor.- Apidogenetic Differentiation of Human Adipose-derived Stem Cells on 3D Silk Scaffolds.- Regulation of Adipose Tissue-derived Mesenchymal Stem Cells Proliferation Response to Proangiogenetic Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor  and [NAME]-related Protein.- [NAME]-derived Stem Cells to Enhance long-term [NAME] in Mice.- The Effect of Adipose-derived Stem Cells on Ischemia-Reperfusion Injury.- The adipose organ: morphological perspectives of adipose tissues.- Pericytes are stem cells.- Rehabilitation of Irradiated Tissue by Autologous Fat Transplantation.- Adipose Tissue and Inflammation.- Adipose-derived Stem Cell: Culture and Banking.- Adipose derived Stem Cells to Modulate Scar Tissue: From biological Basis to Clinical Application. [NAME] and Adipose Tissue Survival: Adipose-derived Stem and Progenitor Cells as Fillers in Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery.- Stem Cells, Mature Adipocytes and extracellular Scaffold in Fat Graft Survival.- Multipotential aspects of adipose-derived stem cells. Use of Stem Cells in Aesthetic Procedures: Adipose Tissue Anatomy.- Coulter Counter Use in the Enumeration of Muscle and Fat Stem Cells.- Celution device Stem Cell Facelift.- Stem Cell Fat Autograft Muscle Injection (FAMI) for Facelift.- Adivive (Lipokit™) Stem Cell [NAME] to Face.- [NAME]-facial atrophy.- Office derived Stem Cell Fat Transfer for Facial, Ear defects.- Stem Cells Breast Augmentation.- Stem Cell Fat Transfer for Breast Augmentation using Celution and office devised Stem Cells.- Lipokit Stem Cells derived [NAME] to Breast.- Breast Augmentation with office devised Production of Stem Cells.- Fat Grafting to the Breast and Adipose-derived Stem Cells.- Tuberous Breast Correction with Stem Cell Fat Transfer.- Tuberous Breast Correction with Celution devised Stem Cell Fat Transfer.- Fat Transfer with centrifugated Fat-derived Stem Cells for Poland Syndrome.- Mammographic changes after stem cell fat transfer to the breast.- Office derived Stem Cell Fat Transfer Buttock Lift.- Celution-derived Stem cell [NAME] to Buttocks.- Stem Cell Fat Transfer for Buttock Asymmetry.- Office derived Stem Cell Fat Transfer to Calves.- Lipokit Stem Cell derived [NAME] Lower Legs.- Office derived Stem Cell Fat Transfer to Hands.- Lipokit Stem Cell derived [NAME] to Hands.- Stem Cell Phalloplasty. Complication: Complications of Stem Cell Fat Transfer.- Miscellaneous: Editor`s Commentary.- Method of Production of Cytori Stem Cells.- Special Syringes for Injecting Fat with Reduced Pressure. | Interest in the use of stem cells in aesthetic procedures has been increasing rapidly, reflecting the widespread acknowledgment of the tremendous potential of stem cell fat transfer. This is, however, the first book to be devoted entirely to the subject. The book opens by reviewing the history of the development of pluripotent stem cells and the results of research into the biochemistry and physiology of stem cells. Adipose tissue anatomy and survival are discussed and the wide range of aesthetic procedures involving stem cell fat transfer are then described in detail. These procedures relate to the face, breast, buttocks, legs, hands, penis and Poland syndrome. In addition, potential risks and complications are identified. The book has been written by leading experts and will be an invaluable source of information for students, beginners and experienced surgeons in a range of specialties. | <p>First book to be devoted to the use of stem cells in aesthetic procedures</p><p>Describes procedures relating to the face, breast, buttocks, legs, hands, penis and Poland syndrome </p><p>Reviews research into the biochemistry and physiology of stem cells </p><p>Written by leading experts</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8340-3 | Surgery | Taub | [NAME], New York, NY, USA; [NAME], Chicago, USA; [NAME], Ann Arbor, MI, USA; [NAME], Chicago, IL, USA | Ferraro's Fundamentals of Maxillofacial Surgery |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 411 | Hard cover | Book | X, 411 p. 417 illus., 250 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | Oral and [NAME] | SCH59060 | MMDS | Plastic Surgery | SCH59087 | MNP | Surgery | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. The Basics.- 1. Embryology and Craniofacial Growth.- 2. Surgical Anatomy of the Head and Neck.- 3. Dental Anatomy.- 4. Facial Aesthetics.- 5. Regional Anesthesia.- 6. Imaging Techniques.- 7. Fixation Techniques.- 8. Bone Grafting.- 9. Biomaterials.- Part II. Maxillofacial Fractures.- 10. Clinical Assessment of the Trauma Patient.- 11. Management of Soft Tissue Injuries.- 12. Dento-Alveolar Fractures.- 13. Mandible Fractures.- 14. Mid-Facial Fractures.- 15. Nasal Fractures.- 16. Zygoma Fractures.- 17. Orbital Fractures.- 18. Nasoorbitoethmoid (NOE) Fractures.- 19. Frontal Sinus Fractures.- 20. Panfacial Fracture Management.- 21. Gunshot Wounds.- 22. [NAME] Reconstruction.- 23. Pediatric Fractures.- 24. Secondary Skeletal Reconstruction.- 25. Secondary Soft Tissue Reconstruction.- Part III. Orthognathic Surgery.- 26. Facial Evaluation in Orthognathic Surgery.- 27. Surgical Planning: 2D to 3D.- 28. Orthodontics.- 29. Genioplasty.- 30. Maxillary Osteotomies.- 31. [NAME] Osteotomies.- 32. Dental Extractions.- 33. Maxillofacial Augmentation and Reduction.- 34. Distraction Osteogenesis.- Part IV. Laboratory.- 35. Impressions, Models, and [NAME]. | Ferraro's Fundamentals of Maxillofacial Surgery is the newly revised and updated second edition of the text originally edited by [NAME]. Written for trainees and students as well as experts in oral and maxillofacial surgery, and experts in related subspecialties such as otolaryngology and plastic surgery, this highly illustrated text is an invaluable source of hands-on, practical knowledge for those taking the ASMS Basic Course, or for any specialist seeking a comprehensive review of maxillofacial surgery. | <p>Highly illustrated, revised and updated second edition of the indispensable reference</p><p>Includes information on anatomy, embryology, pathology, radiology, surgery, and laboratory skills not found in most other texts</p><p>Written by experts associated with the American Society of Maxillofacial Surgeons and commonly assigned to those taking the ASMS Basic Course</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-7091-1240-3 | Surgery | Téot | [NAME], Montpellier University Hospital, Montpellier, France; [NAME], [NAME], Paris, France; veronique del Marmol, Hôpital Erasme, Brussels, Belgium; [NAME], Nagasaki University Hospital, Nagasaki, Japan; [NAME], University of Illinois Medical Center, Chicago, IL, USA | Skin Necrosis |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 350 p. 360 illus., 300 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Plastic Surgery | SCH59087 | MNP | Vascular Surgery | SCH59133 | MNJ | Plastic Surgery | Professional book | Springer Vienna | Planned | 2014-06-06 00:00:00 |  |  | Definitions, physiopathology, imaging.- 1. Cyanosis congestion and skin necrosis. Is necrosis a venous congestion at the origin? ([NAME]. Ischaemia reperfusion injury (T.K. Hunt).- 3. Dry vs wet necrosis (H. Justiniano).- 4. Extension in depth (S. Akita).- 5. X-ray imaging of necrotic skin (tbd).- Different clinical context of skin necrosis.- 6. Vasoactive drugs (tbd).- 7. Necrotising angiodermatitis (tbd).- 8. Rheumatoid and systemic collagenosis vasculitis (F. Massaki).- 9. Cold induced necrosis (tbd).- 10. Cryoglobulinemia (tbd). - 11.- Calciphylaxy (M. Romanelli).- 12. Necrotic burns (R. Horch).- 13. Purpura fulminans (tbd).- 14. Fournier gangrene (tbd).- 15. Envenimations (tbd).- 16. Toxic syndromes. Systemic management (tbd).- 17. Necrotising fasciitis ([NAME]. Tumoral ([NAME]. Infection and skin necrosis (D. Leaper).- 20. Post-injection Interferon, high-viscosity products, anticoagulants warfarin, coumadin, vasopressive drugs (tbd).- 21. [NAME] gangrenosum (tbd).- 22. Trauma, degloving, scalps (R. Strockmayer).- 23. Pressure ulcer necrosis in geriatric, in paraplegic patients in ICU (tbd).- 24. Pressure ulcers in neonates ([NAME]) .- 25. Arterial leg ulcer and chronic arteriopathy (B. Ennis).- 26. Necrotic skin and diabetes (tbd).- 27. Arteriovenous fistulae and vascular thief (tbd).- 28. How to manage necrotic flap failure (R. Horch).- 29. [NAME], HIV, and palliative care of necrotic nodes (tbd).- 30. [NAME] ([NAME]. Necrotic and exposed tendon (L. Téot).- 32. Necrotic skin covering osteosynthetic material (G. Jukema).- 33. Abdominal wall necrosis (O. Chappuis).- Techniques applicable to skin necrosis.- 34. Dressings available to debride. The nurse domain (tbd).- 35. Different regulations of nursing debridement depending on the country ([NAME], [NAME], E. Ribal).- 36. Surgical debridement ([NAME]. Negative pressure therapy. A contraindication to skin necrosis (tbd).- 38. Recent technologies in necrosis debridement (L. Téot).- 39. Stabilisation of necrotic tissue using cerium nitrate silvesulfadiazine (C. Trial).​ | ​In recent years, wound care has gained increasing recognition as a distinct medical specialty. An understanding of the complex mechanisms in wound healing facilitates efficient assessment and treatment of patients with wounds. Skin necrosis can be considered the starting point in the entire process of wound healing. This book is the first to discuss skin necrosis as a symptom related to a large series of pathologies. The richly illustrated volume provides therapeutic strategies and treatment algorithms for different clinical contexts. Each chapter is written by renowned specialists in their respected fields and contains detailed case vignettes and key take-home messages. Taking into account the highly interdisciplinary and multi-professional aspect of wound management, Skin Necrosis will prove an invaluable resource for wound care practitioners and health care professionals across the fields of surgery, dermatology, internal medicine, and nursing. | Offers a comprehensive, multidisciplinary approach to the subject Clearly and concisely written chapters with demonstrative illustrations With contributions by an international team of leading experts in the field | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-41253-0 | Surgery | Thomaidis | [NAME], Democritus University of Thrace, [NAME], Greece | Cutaneous Flaps in Head and Neck Reconstruction | From Anatomy to Surgery |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 215 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 215 p. 324 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 219 | Medicine & Public Health | Plastic Surgery | SCH59087 | MNP | Anatomy | SCH12005 | MFC | Plastic Surgery | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | General Considerations.- Scalp and Temple.- Forehead.- Nose.- Cheek.- Lips and Chin.- Auricle.- Neck.- Deltopectoral Region. | This textbook, containing a plethora of illustrations and pictures, will serve as an atlas and as a superb guide to the use of cutaneous flaps in head and neck reconstruction. Each chapter depicts, in a layered manner, the anatomy of a particular donor site from which flaps are derived and used in head and neck defects, providing systematic steps in understanding the topographical anatomy of the various tissue layers. The flaps derived from each donor site are presented in detail, with step-by-step instructions in flap design and harvesting techniques based in anatomy. The author uses numerous high-quality color illustrations drawn from his own practice in order to demonstrate the techniques. His combined expertise as a maxillofacial surgeon and an assistant professor of anatomy enables him to explain clearly the transition from basic science anatomy to applied anatomy and to document reconstructive surgical techniques in precise detail. This beautifully illustrated book, including many basic and advanced flap designs, will be an illuminating reference for all who treat defects in the head and neck area. | <p><p><p><p>Provides step-by-step instructions in flap design and harvesting techniques</p><p>Includes numerous helpful color photos to accompany the instructions</p><p>Presents the anatomy of each area in drawings and surgical images</p><p>Pays careful attention to anatomic variations</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-4-431-54852-2 | Surgery | Watanabe | Go Watanabe, Kanazawa University, Kanazawa, Japan | Robotic Surgery |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 232 | Hard cover | Book | II, 232 p. 64 illus., 62 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Surgery | SCH59001 | MN | General [NAME] | SCH59044 | MNC | General [NAME] | Professional book | Springer Japan | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Overview of robotic surgery by Dr. [NAME] by Dr. Curet.- 3 Developments of Robotic system by Dr. Curet.- 4 Robotic Surgery in Urology by Dr. Tachibana.- 5 Robotic Gastrectomy for Gastric Cancer by Dr. Hyung.- 6 Esophageal Cancer Surgery by Dr. Uyama.- 7 Lateral pelvic node dissection for advanced rectal cancer: Current debates and use of the robotic approach by Dr. Choi.- 8 Cardiac Surgery – Overview by Dr. Watanabe.- 9 Robotically Assisted Totally Endoscopic Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting by Bonatti.- 10 Robotic Surgery for Mitral Valve Disease by Chitwood.- 11 Robotic Surgery in General [NAME] by Lee.- 12 Robot-assisted thyroidectomy by Ishikawa. | Thanks to the advent of leading-edge technologies, there is a new cross-sectional field of surgery: robotic surgery. Due to the rapid development of robotic surgery systems such as [NAME], there is a great need to refresh one’s knowledge every day. This book covers all surgical areas: urological surgery, digestive surgery and cardiac surgery in addition to mitral valvular disease. It also summarizes the most current topics in robotic surgery addressed by well-known experts from around the world. These specialists’ expertise provides useful insights into modern educational techniques for the latest trends in surgery—knowledge that will be valuable to students, residents, and experts who are eager to learn more about advanced medical care including [NAME] as a cross-cutting surgical device, even if it lies outside their specialty field. | <p>Addresses surgeons in all areas where robotic surgery systems are used</p><p><p>Is authored by surgeons from around the world who are leaders in their fields</p><p><p>Covers all aspects from the most basic to the most current topics in robotic surgery</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-53708-0 | Surgery | [NAME] | [NAME], Associate Professor [NAME] General Hospital, [NAME], SA, Australia; [NAME], The Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Woodville, Australia | Palliative Surgery |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 304 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 304 p. 59 illus., 28 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | General [NAME] | SCH59044 | MNC | Abdominal Surgery | SCH5901X | MNC | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Palliative Medicine and Palliative Surgery - Two Worlds Collide?.- Models of Care in Palliative Medicine.- Pain Management in Palliative Surgery.- Palliative Surgery – Psycho Social and Ethical Aspects.- Anaesthesiological Considerations in Palliative Surgery.- Palliative Surgery - Maxillofacial.- Palliative Surgery – Neurosurgery.- Palliative Surgery – ENT.- Palliative Surgery – Lung and Mediastinum.- Palliative Surgery – Oesophagus.- Palliative Surgery – Stomach.- Palliative Surgery – Pancreas.- Palliative Surgery – Biliary Tract/Liver.- Palliative Surgery – Small Bowel.- Palliative Surgery – Large Bowel and Rectum.-  Palliative Surgery – Urology.- Palliative Surgery – Gynaecology.- Palliative Surgery – Endocrine/Thyroid.- Palliative Surgery – Breast.- [NAME] – Orthopaedic/Trauma.- Palliative Surgery – Medical Oncology Considerations.- Palliative Surgery – Radiation Oncology Consideration.- Palliative Care – Radiological Interventions.- Palliative Care – Gastroenterological Interventions. | Palliative surgery can greatly contribute to improving symptom control and quality of life for terminal cancer patients. Owing to the advanced stage of the disease, however, this type of surgery is also associated with significant morbidity and mortality. It is therefore important for surgeons to have a sound understanding of the medical and scientific background underlying treatment decisions in palliative surgery, a foundation that this book provides. The opening chapters examine the relationship between palliative medicine and palliative surgery and address general issues including pain management and anesthesiological considerations. The role of palliative surgery in a wide range of disease settings is then thoroughly explored, including detailed information on surgical techniques and their indications and outcomes. This book will be an invaluable resource for all who wish to learn more about the emerging role of palliative surgery. | <p>Covers an important new field in surgery</p><p>Provides a sound understanding of the medical and scientific background underlying treatment decisions in palliative surgery</p><p>Examines the role of palliative surgery in a wide range of disease settings</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-54512-2 | Surgery | Wilhelm | Albrecht Wilhelm, Aschaffenburg, Germany | Controversial Pain Syndromes of the Arm | Pathogenesis and Surgical Treatment of Resistant Cases |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 150 p. 126 illus., 122 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 69.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Plastic Surgery | SCH59087 | MNP | Orthopedics | SCH45000 | MNS | Plastic Surgery | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Tennis Elbow.- Golf Elbow.-  Proximal Radial Compression Syndrome.-  so-called coracoiditis.- Sudeck`s Dystrophy. | This concise, well-illustrated monograph explains the true pathogenesis, [NAME], of five key pain syndromes of the arm and describes diagnosis, indications for surgery, surgical techniques and results. The syndromes in question are tennis elbow, golf elbow, proximal radial nerve compression syndrome, so-called coracoiditis and Sudeck’s dystrophy. In each case, the neurogenic pathogenesis is identified and deficiencies of other interpretations, for example that these conditions are the result of degenerative processes, are discussed. Appropriate surgical techniques in resistant cases are described in the context of pathogenesis and treatment outcomes are documented. The fact that these outcomes are excellent in the large majority of cases may be taken as support for the author’s interpretation of pathogenesis. This book will be informative and instructive for all hand, orthopedic, trauma, plastic, general and neurosurgeons as well as neurologists and hand therapists. | Identifies the true pathogenesis of five pain syndromes of the arm<br>Enables fast and reliable diagnosis Relates pathogenesis to treatment<br>Describes surgical techniques for resistant cases | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-34745-0 | Surgical Orthopedics | Bentley | [NAME], Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital Trus, Stanmore, UK | European Surgical Orthopaedics and Traumatology | The EFORT Textbook |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 4950 | Hard cover | Book | 4950 p. 3400 illus., 1700 illus. in color. In 7 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 749 | Medicine & Public Health | Surgical Orthopedics | SCH45027 | MNS | Traumatic Surgery | SCH59125 | MNL | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | General Orthopaedics and Traumatology.- Spine.- Shoulder.- Arm, Elbow and Forearm.- [NAME] and Hand.- Pelvis and Hip.- [NAME] and [NAME] and Ankle.- Tumours.- Paediatrics.​ | This important reference textbook covers the surgical management of all major orthopaedic and traumatological conditions. The book will act as the major source of education and guidance in surgical practice for surgeons and trainees, especially those preparing for higher surgical examinations and the Board of Orthopaedics and Traumatology examinations within and beyond Europe. The emphasis throughout is on the application of current knowledge and research to technical problems, how to avoid operative problems, and how to salvage complications if they occur. The didactic text is complemented by abundant illustrations that highlight the essentials of each clinical scenario. The authors are all recognized international authorities active at congresses and workshops as well as in universities and hospitals across the world. ​ | Guides the reader through the total management of the patient, including surgical techniques   Written by recognized international authorities   Didactic style appropriate for those preparing for examinations   Abundant illustrations highlighting the essentials of each clinical scenario​ | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-34747-4 | Surgical Orthopedics | Bentley | [NAME], Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital Trus, Stanmore, UK | European Surgical Orthopaedics and Traumatology | The EFORT Textbook |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 4950 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | 4950 p. 3400 illus., 1700 illus. in color. Print + eReference. In 13 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 929 | Medicine & Public Health | Surgical Orthopedics | SCH45027 | MNS | Traumatic Surgery | SCH59125 | MNL | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | General Orthopaedics and Traumatology.- Spine.- Shoulder.- Arm, Elbow and Forearm.- [NAME] and Hand.- Pelvis and Hip.- [NAME] and [NAME] and Ankle.- Tumours.- Paediatrics.​ | This important reference textbook covers the surgical management of all major orthopaedic and traumatological conditions. The book will act as the major source of education and guidance in surgical practice for surgeons and trainees, especially those preparing for higher surgical examinations and the Board of Orthopaedics and Traumatology examinations within and beyond Europe. The emphasis throughout is on the application of current knowledge and research to technical problems, how to avoid operative problems, and how to salvage complications if they occur. The didactic text is complemented by abundant illustrations that highlight the essentials of each clinical scenario. The authors are all recognized international authorities active at congresses and workshops as well as in universities and hospitals across the world. ​ | Guides the reader through the total management of the patient, including surgical techniques   Written by recognized international authorities   Didactic style appropriate for those preparing for examinations   Abundant illustrations highlighting the essentials of each clinical scenario​ | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-34746-7 | Surgical Orthopedics | Bentley | [NAME], Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital Trus, Stanmore, UK | European Surgical Orthopaedics and Traumatology | The EFORT Textbook |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 4950 |  | eReference work | 4950 p. 3400 illus., 1700 illus. in color. eReference. | 1 | final | 749 | Medicine & Public Health | Surgical Orthopedics | SCH45027 | MNS | Traumatic Surgery | SCH59125 | MNL | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  | worldwide | General Orthopaedics and Traumatology.- Spine.- Shoulder.- Arm, Elbow and Forearm.- [NAME] and Hand.- Pelvis and Hip.- [NAME] and [NAME] and Ankle.- Tumours.- Paediatrics.​ | This important reference textbook covers the surgical management of all major orthopaedic and traumatological conditions. The book will act as the major source of education and guidance in surgical practice for surgeons and trainees, especially those preparing for higher surgical examinations and the Board of Orthopaedics and Traumatology examinations within and beyond Europe. The emphasis throughout is on the application of current knowledge and research to technical problems, how to avoid operative problems, and how to salvage complications if they occur. The didactic text is complemented by abundant illustrations that highlight the essentials of each clinical scenario. The authors are all recognized international authorities active at congresses and workshops as well as in universities and hospitals across the world. ​ | Guides the reader through the total management of the patient, including surgical techniques   Written by recognized international authorities   Didactic style appropriate for those preparing for examinations   Abundant illustrations highlighting the essentials of each clinical scenario​ | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0565-2 | Surgical Orthopedics | Mullaji | [NAME], Breach Candy Hospital, Mumbai, India; [NAME], Asian Orthopedic Institute, Mumbai, India | Deformity Correction in Total Knee Arthroplasty |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 160 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 160 p. 117 illus., 63 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Surgical Orthopedics | SCH45027 | MNS | Rehabilitation | SCH55006 | MQV | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Preoperative Planning and Basic Technique of Total Knee Arthroplasty.- Preoperative Planning.- Basic Technique of Total Knee Arthroplasty.- Part II: Coronal Plane Deformities.- Varus Deformity.- Valgus Deformity.- Part III: Sagittal Plane Deformities.- Flexion Deformity.- Hyperextension Deformity.- Part IV: Complex Deformities.- Rotational Deformity.- Extra-Articular Deformity.- The Stiff Knee.- The Unstable Knee.- Osteotomies in Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty.- Postoperative Pain Management and Rehabilitation. | With rapid advancement in technology and materials in total knee arthroplasty (TKA), long-term survival and function of the total knee is now more and more dependent on restoring accurate limb alignment, precise component position and optimum soft-tissue balance. Proper technique is key to ensuring this and is all the more crucial and challenging to achieve in arthritic knees with severe and complex deformities. Correction of such knee deformities forms an important part of TKA for orthopedic surgeons working in both emerging and developed nations.Deformity Correction in Total Knee Arthroplasty fills the void that exists in treating severe and complex knee deformities and the use of computer-navigation in TKA. It covers the principles of deformity correction and soft-tissue balancing in primary TKA in an illustrative, step-wise and algorithmic fashion. Starting with the initial key step of preoperative planning, this book goes on to specifically describe how to deal with different types of deformities encountered in patients who undergo TKA - varus, valgus, flexion, hypertension, rotational and extra-articular deformities - as well as the stiff knee, the unstable knee, osteotomies in primary TKA and postoperative pain management and rehabilitation. This focused how-to manual includes plentiful images and clear, concise text from authors who have performed thousands of TKAs, making it a must-have reference for any surgeon unfamiliar or frequently confronted with this type of procedure. | <p>Discusses the principles of deformity correction and soft-tissue balancing in primary TKA in an illustrative, step-wise and algorithmic fashion</p><p>Presents techniques for varus, valgus, flexion, hypertension, rotational and extra-articular deformity correction</p><p>The authors have performed over 10,000 TKAs, including over 3000 computer-assisted</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-5673-5 | Surgical Orthopedics | Phillips | [NAME], Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, IL, USA; [NAME], Texas Back Institute, Plano, TX, USA; [NAME], University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, USA | Minimally Invasive [NAME] | Surgical Techniques and Disease Management |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 470 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 470 p. 268 illus., 169 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | Surgical Orthopedics | SCH45027 | MNS | Minimally Invasive Surgery | SCH59052 | MNB | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Introduction.- History and Evolution of Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery.- Philosophy and Biology of Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery.- Economics of Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery.- Part II: Enabling Technologies for Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery.- Microscopes and Endoscopes.- Intraoperative Neurophysiology Monitoring.- Image Guidance.- Robotic Assisted Spine Surgery.- Fusion Biologics.- Lasers.- Part III: Surgical Techniques: Minimally Invasive Posterior Decompression.- Posterior Cervical Decompression.- Thoracic Decompression.- [NAME] Using a Tubular Retractor System.- Part IV: Surgical Techniques: Fusion.- Minimally Invasive Posterior Cervical Fusion.- Percutaneous Pedicle Screws.- Minimally Invasive Facet Screw Fixation.- Minimally Invasive Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion.- Mini-Open Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion.- Minimally Disruptive Lateral Transpsoas Approach for Thoracolumbar Anterior Interbody Fusion.- Presacral Approaches for Minimally Invasive Spinal Fusion.- Mini-Open Lateral Thoracic Fusion.- Thoracoscopic Fusion.- The Painful [NAME] Joint.- Part V: Disease-Specific Approaches.- Cervical Herniated Nucleus Pulposus and Stenosis.- Thoracic Herniated Nucleus Pulposus.- Lumbar Herniated Nucleus Pulposus.- Lumbar Spinal Stenosis.- Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery in Lumbar Spondylolisthesis.- Adolescent Scoliosis.- Adult Scoliosis.- Anterior Column Realignment (ACR): Minimally Invasive Surgery for the Treatment of Adult Sagittal Plane Deformity.- Thoracolumbar Spine Trauma.- Minimally Invasive Surgery for Spinal Tumors.- Pathological Fractures.- Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery in the Elderly.- Minimally Invasive Applications of Motion.- Part VI: Minimally Invasive Spine Surgical Complications.- Choice of Minimally Invasive Approaches: A Review of Unique Risks and Complications.- Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery Complications with Implant Placement and Fixation.- Neural and Dural Injury.- Pseudarthrosis. > | Over the past decade, minimally invasive techniques have developed rapidly and are widely applied in the management of spine disorders. With the development of enabling technologies, including specifically designed spinal retractor systems, intraoperative imaging and navigation technologies, and real-time neural monitoring, minimally invasive spine surgery (MISS) techniques are safe, effective and reproducible. Indeed, studies have confirmed the clinical and economic advantages of these procedures. Minimally Invasive [NAME] includes detailed discussions of enabling technologies, surgical techniques (including posterior decompression and fusion), approaches to specific diseases and conditions, as well as strategies to manage the unique risks and complications of MISS. Generously illustrated, this will be an essential reference for orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons and all health care professionals who treat the spine. | <p>Provides an updated, state-of-the-art review of the latest minimally invasive techniques and technologies for spine surgery </p><p>Details surgical techniques including evidence-based recommendations and tips and pearls </p><p>Discusses how various MIS techniques can be applied to a range of spine diseases and conditions</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-45348-9 | Surgical Orthopedics | Siebold | [NAME], ATOS [NAME], Heidelberg, Germany; [NAME], [NAME], Lyon, France; [NAME], Istituti Ortopedico Rizzoli [NAME] Traumatologica III, Bologna, Italy | Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction | A Practical Surgical Guide |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 327 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 327 p. 357 illus., 300 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Surgical Orthopedics | SCH45027 | MNS | Orthopedics | SCH45000 | MNS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Partial ACL tear.- Complete ACL tear – General considerations.- Anatomical Single bundle ACL reconstruction.- Double bundle ACL reconstruction.- Indications for Single- or double bundle ACL reconstruction.- Extra-articular Plasty.- ACL reconstruction with open physis.- One-Stage-Revision ACL.- Two-Stage-Revision ACL.- ACL + OSTEOTOMY.- Intraoperative complications.- Postoperative complications.- Rehabilitation & Return to Sports.- Prevention of ACL tear & rerupture. | This practical and instructional guidebook, written by international experts in anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction, covers all challenging aspects of ACL rupture in the acute and chronic setting. It covers the latest, spectacular anatomical findings, treatment of partial ACL tears, various techniques for single- and double-bundle ACL reconstruction, and complex ACL revision surgery. Important surgical steps are clearly described with the help of instructive, high-quality photographs. Important tips, tricks, and pitfalls are highlighted and intra- and postoperative complications, rehabilitation, and prevention of re-rupture are discussed. All authors are prominent and experienced ACL surgeons. | <p>Practical and instructional guide book, written by surgeons for surgeons, on how to deal with a tear of the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL)</p><p>Covers the full range of procedures, drawing attention to helpful tips and tricks</p><p>Explains pitfalls and complications of primary ACL reconstruction and revision surgery</p><p>Includes numerous instructive photos that help in explaining the operative procedures</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-05382-0 | Urology/Andrology | Builov | [NAME], RailWay Clinical Hospital, Yaroslavl, Russia | Imaging of Urinary Tract Diverticula |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 130 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 130 p. 105 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Diagnostic Radiology | SCH29013 | MMPH | Urology/Andrology | SCH62002 | MJS | Radiology | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- [NAME] of the renal tumours of the kidneys.-Ureteral Diverticula.- Bladder Diverticula.- Urethral Diverticula.- Opinion.- Appendix 1: The recommendations of the European society of urogenital Radiology (ESUR) on the safe use of contrast media, version [NAME] 2: The recommendations of the European Medicines Agency to minimise the risk of systemic nephrogenic fibrosis in application of contrast medium containing gadolinium. | This monograph covers all aspects of the radiologic diagnosis of urinary tract diverticula, including calyceal, ureteral, bladder and urethral diverticula. Characteristic and subtle diagnostic features are identified with the aid of numerous high-quality ultrasound, X-ray and magnetic resonance images, the vast majority of which are drawn from the author’s personal clinical practice. In addition, issues relating to terminology, classification, statistics, etiology, pathogenesis, clinical presentation and differential diagnosis are discussed. The text is complemented by two helpful appendices that document the latest recommendations of the European Society of Urogenital Radiology regarding use of contrast media and the European Medicines Agency on minimizing the risk of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis when using gadolinium-containing contrast agents. This book will be of value for specialists in radiology and urology and also trainees and medical students. | Covers all aspects of radiologic diagnosis of urinary tract diverticula<br>Includes numerous ultrasound, X-ray and MR images highlighting important features<br>Discusses classification, etiology, pathogenesis, clinical presentation and differential diagnosis | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0460-0 | Urology/Andrology | Culkin | [NAME], University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City, OK, USA | Management of Penile Cancer |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 220 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 220 p. 81 illus., 55 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Urology/Andrology | SCH62002 | MJS | Oncology | SCH43008 | MJCL | Urology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to the Management of Penile Cancer.- Epidemiology and Natural History.- Pathology, Risk Factors and HPV in Penile Squamous Cell Carcinoma.- Pathology and Genetics.- Prognostic Factors.- Imaging and Clinical Staging for Penile Cancer.- Diagnosis and Management of Pre-Malignant Penile Lesions.- Penile-Sparing Surgery.- Analysis of Contemporary Treatment of Penis Cancer at the Netherlands Cancer Institute.- Surgical Management of the Clinically Negative and Locally Advanced Inguinal Region in Patients with Squamous Penile Cancer.- Primary and Adjuvant Radiation Therapy in the Management of Penile Cancer.- Chemotherapy in Penile Cancer. | Management of Penile Cancer provides a comprehensive and state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to the field of penile cancer. The sections of the book are structured to review the overall scope of issues of penile cancer, including diagnosis and staging, surgical approaches and the treatment of advanced disease. As multidisciplinary care is an integral part of the treatment of penile cancer, this book is unique in the inclusion of collaborating authors from a variety of integrated disciplines, including urology, radiation oncology, medical oncology and reconstructive surgery.Written by recognized experts in their field, Management of Penile Cancer is a unique and valuable resource in the field of penile cancer, both for those currently in training and for those already in clinical or research practice. | <p>Provides topics that are not adequately covered by any current available literature</p><p>Authored by experts from a variely of integrated disciplines</p><p>The first comprehensive text to cover all aspects of this rare neoplasm</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4939-0424-2 | Urology/Andrology | [NAME] | [NAME], [NAME], New York, NY, USA; Wayland Hsiao, Kaiser Permanente, Oakland Medical Center, Oakland, CA, USA | Men's Sexual Health and Fertility | A Clinician's Guide |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 268 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 268 p. 13 illus., 9 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | Reproductive Medicine | SCH56002 | MFKC | Urology/Andrology | SCH62002 | MJS | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Available | 2014-03-31 00:00:00 | 2014-02-23 00:00:00 |  | ​Physiology of Erection.- Physiology of Ejaculation.- Physiology of Testosterone Production.- The Effects of Vaginal Lubricants on Sperm Function.- [NAME] Infections.- Erectile Dysfunction and Infertility.- Anejaculation, Retrograde Ejaculation and Anorgasmia.- Premature Ejaculation.- Delayed Ejaculation and Orgasm.- Hypogonadism and Infertility.- Varicoceles and Hypogonadism.- Nutraceuticals for Fertility and Erectile Health.- Effects of Phosphodiesterase-5 Inhibitors on Testicular and Sperm Function.- Circumcision and Vasectomy. | In the last decade, much of the clinical interest in the field of infertility has focused on advancing reproductive techniques and has often under-appreciated the role that male sexuality plays in reproductive problems. Male sexual function is an integral part of reproduction, and the treatment of sexual dysfunction is an important component for any couple seeking fertility. In some cases, treatment of sexual dysfunction may obviate the need for more invasive cures through advanced reproductive techniques. Thanks to recent clinical and scientific advances in male sexual medicine, the management of men’s sexual dysfunction is often more effective and less invasive than how it was historically described. Men’s Sexual Health and Fertility is the only resource that focuses on the interplay and interconnections between male sexual dysfunction and male factor infertility, gathering insightful data from a panel of experts in male sexual medicine for clinicians who treat couples with fertility issues due to male sexual dysfunction. Chapters discuss advances in the field of men’s sexual medicine, including the latest treatment for erectile dysfunction, the most up-to-date understanding of the physiology and pathophysiology of ejaculation, and the growing body of evidence that low testosterone and male infertility are intimately related. As such, this book provides important information in order to be able to better understand the link between sexual dysfunction and infertility and, most importantly, to better treat male sexual dysfunction in the infertile couple. | <p>​​Fills the need for a practical and concise resource for clinicians practicing sexual and reproductive medicine, who have a specific interest in sexual factors affecting infertility</p><p>Geared towards urology and gynecology trainees, non-physician practitioners, mental health professionals, medical social workers and practicing physicians in the area of sexual/reproductive medicine</p><p>Provides practical information and flow charts for rapid interpretation of the evidence and care pathways​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-04384-5 | Urology/Andrology | Sciarra | Alessandro Sciarra, Sapienza University, Rome, Italy; [NAME], Sapienza University, Rome, Italy; [NAME], Università di Roma, La Sapienza Dipto. [NAME], Latina, Italy | Multidisciplinary Management of Prostate Cancer | The Role of the Prostate Cancer Unit |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 153 | Soft cover | Book | VIII, 153 p. 25 illus., 21 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | Urology/Andrology | SCH62002 | MJS | Oncology | SCH43008 | MJCL | Urology | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2014-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Multidisciplinary team (MDT) in cancer management.- Prostate cancer units: how and why.- Comparison between a  multidisciplinary and a mono disciplinary approach to prostate cancer: our experience.- Pathology and clinic.- The dilemma of early diagnosis for a clinically relevant prostate cancer: the role of the urologist in a MDT.- Modern imaging in the initial diagnosis: the role of the radiologist in a MDT.- How to define the primary treatment : the role of the urologist and the radiotherapist in a MDT.- Early diagnosis of failure after primary treatment: multiparametric MRI versus PET-CT.- Intermittent androgen deprivation in the new era: the role of the urologist and the oncologist in a MDT.- New medical strategies: the role of the oncologist in a MDT.- Focal therapies: MRgFUS our experience. | Prostate cancer is the most common neoplasm in men and its management is very complex, in terms of both diagnosis and treatment. In recent years the value of multidisciplinary management within a prostate cancer unit has been increasingly recognized. Such a multidisciplinary approach within a specialized unit involves a variety of specialists, including urologists, oncologists, radiotherapists, radiologists and pathologists. This book describes in detail the advantages of multidisciplinary management of prostate cancer. It opens by explaining the nature of the required multidisciplinary team and the potential benefits of the prostate cancer unit as a structure for the delivery of specialist multidisciplinary care. Epidemiological aspects favoring multidisciplinary management are described and each element of care within the context of the prostate cancer unit is then discussed; also has been described the role of advanced  imaging ([NAME] MRI) in the management of PCa. Early diagnosis, risk classification, treatment decision making, surgery, radiotherapy, medical therapies and health care support are all fully considered. This book will be informative and enlightening for all who are involved in the management of patients with prostate cancer. | <p>Comprehensive description of the benefits of multidisciplinary management of prostate cancer </p><p>Clear explanation of the role of the prostate cancer unit and the different specialists working within it</p><p>Coverage of early diagnosis, risk classification, treatment decision making, different forms of treatment and health care support  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine